WO2005080359A1 - Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents - Google Patents

Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2005080359A1
WO2005080359A1 PCT/GB2005/000545 GB2005000545W WO2005080359A1 WO 2005080359 A1 WO2005080359 A1 WO 2005080359A1 GB 2005000545 W GB2005000545 W GB 2005000545W WO 2005080359 A1 WO2005080359 A1 WO 2005080359A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
het
alkyl
methoxy
methyl
oxy
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2005/000545
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Craig Johnstone
Darren Mckerrecher
Kurt Gordon Pike
Original Assignee
Astrazeneca Ab
Astrazeneca Uk Limited
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=34890799&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=WO2005080359(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Priority claimed from GB0403593A external-priority patent/GB0403593D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0413386A external-priority patent/GB0413386D0/en
Priority claimed from GB0423039A external-priority patent/GB0423039D0/en
Priority to EP05708360A priority Critical patent/EP1718624B1/en
Priority to DE602005013491T priority patent/DE602005013491D1/en
Priority to JP2006553652A priority patent/JP2007523142A/en
Priority to CA002554310A priority patent/CA2554310A1/en
Application filed by Astrazeneca Ab, Astrazeneca Uk Limited filed Critical Astrazeneca Ab
Priority to BRPI0507746-0A priority patent/BRPI0507746A/en
Priority to US10/588,334 priority patent/US20080280872A1/en
Priority to AU2005214132A priority patent/AU2005214132B9/en
Priority to RU2006130684/04A priority patent/RU2392275C2/en
Publication of WO2005080359A1 publication Critical patent/WO2005080359A1/en
Priority to NO20063452A priority patent/NO20063452L/en
Priority to IL177216A priority patent/IL177216A0/en
Priority to HK07103207.6A priority patent/HK1096092A1/en
Priority to US12/722,936 priority patent/US20110034432A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D487/00Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00
    • C07D487/02Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D477/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D487/08Bridged systems
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/04Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/10Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the posterior pituitary hormones, e.g. oxytocin, ADH
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/12Antidiuretics, e.g. drugs for diabetes insipidus
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D231/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings
    • C07D231/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D231/10Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D231/14Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,2-diazole or hydrogenated 1,2-diazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D231/38Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D231/40Acylated on said nitrogen atom
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D277/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings
    • C07D277/02Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings
    • C07D277/20Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D277/32Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-thiazole or hydrogenated 1,3-thiazole rings not condensed with other rings having two or three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D277/38Nitrogen atoms
    • C07D277/44Acylated amino or imino radicals
    • C07D277/46Acylated amino or imino radicals by carboxylic acids, or sulfur or nitrogen analogues thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a group of benzoyl amino heterocyclyl compounds which are useful in the treatment or prevention of a disease or medical condition mediated 5 through glucokinase (GLK or GK), leading to a decreased glucose threshold for insulin secretion.
  • GLK or GK glucokinase
  • the compounds are predicted to lower blood glucose by increasing hepatic glucose uptake.
  • Such compounds may have utility in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes and obesity.
  • the invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds and to methods of treatment of diseases mediated by GLK using said compounds.
  • the main plasma membrane glucose transporter is GLUT2.
  • G-6-P glucose-6-phosphate
  • GLK has a high (6- 1 OmM) Km for glucose and is not inhibited by physiological concentrations of G-6-P [1].
  • GLK expression is limited to a few tissues and cell types, most notably pancreatic ⁇ -cells and liver cells (hepatocytes) [1]. In these cells GLK activity is rate limiting for glucose utilisation and therefore regulates the extent of glucose induced insulin secretion and hepatic glycogen synthesis. These processes are critical in the maintenance of
  • GLK 25 glucose stimulated insulin secretion.
  • rare activating mutations of GLK reduce this threshold resulting in familial hyperinsulinism [6, 6a, 7].
  • hepatic glucokinase activity is also decreased in Type 2 diabetics [8].
  • global or liver selective overexpression of GLK prevents or reverses the development ofthe diabetic phenotype in both dietary and genetic models ofthe
  • GLK GLKRP complex integrity and hepatic GLK activity is regulated in a nutritionally dependent manner as F6P is dominant in the post-absorptive state whereas F1P predominates in the post-prandial state.
  • the pancreatic ⁇ -cell expresses GLK in the absence of GLKRP. Therefore, ⁇ -cell GLK activity is regulated extensively by the availability of its substrate, glucose. Small molecules may activate GLK either directly or through destabilising the GLK GLKRP complex.
  • the former class of compounds are predicted to stimulate glucose utilisation in both the liver and the pancreas whereas the latter are predicted to act exclusively in the liver.
  • GLK, GLKRP and the K ATP channel are expressed in neurones ofthe hypothalamus, a region ofthe brain that is important in the regulation of energy balance and the control of food intake [14-18]. These neurones have been shown to express orectic and anorectic neuropeptides [15, 19, 20] and have been assumed to be the glucose-sensing neurones within the hypothalamus that are either inhibited or excited by changes in ambient glucose concentrations [17, 19, 21, 22].
  • GLK activators may decrease food intake and weight gain through central effects on GLK. Therefore, GLK activators may be of therapeutic use in treating eating disorders, including obesity, in addition to diabetes.
  • the hypothalamic effects will be additive or synergistic to the effects ofthe same compounds acting in the liver and/or pancreas in normalising glucose homeostasis, for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes.
  • the GLK GLKRP system can be described as a potential "Diabesity" target (of benefit in both Diabetes and Obesity).
  • GLK is also expressed in specific entero-endocrine cells where it is believed to control the glucose sensitive secretion ofthe incretin peptides GIP (glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide) and GLP-1 (Glucagon-Like Peptide- 1) from gut K-cells and L-cells respectively (32, 33, 34).
  • small molecule activators of GLK may have additional beneficial effects on insulin secretion, ⁇ -cell function and survival and body weight as a consequence of stimulating GIP and GLP-1 secretion from these entero-endocrine cells.
  • WO00/58293 and WOO 1/44216 a series of benzylcarbamoyl compounds are described as glucokinase activators.
  • the mechanism by which such compounds activate GLK is assessed by measuring the direct effect of such compounds in an assay in which GLK activity is linked to NADH production, which in turn is measured optically - see details ofthe in vitro assay described hereinafter.
  • Compounds ofthe present invention may activate GLK directly or may activate GLK by inliibiting the interaction of GLKRP with GLK.
  • GLK activators have been described in WO03/095438 (substituted phenylacetamides, Roche), WO03/055482 (carboxamide and sulphonamide derivatives, Novo Nordisk), WO2004/002481 (arylcarbonyl derivatives, Novo Nordisk), and in WO03/080585 (amino-substituted benzoylaminoheterocycles, Banyu).
  • Our International application Number: WO03/000267 describes a group of benzoyl amino pyridyl carboxylic acids which are activators ofthe enzyme glucokinase (GLK).
  • GLK glucokinase
  • WO03/015774 describes compounds ofthe Formula (A):
  • R 3 is a substituted heterocycle other than a carboxylic acid substituted pyridyl.
  • International application WO2004/076420 (Banyu) describes compounds which are generally a subset of those described in WO03/015774, wherein for example R 1 is an (substituted) alkyl ether and R is (substituted) phenoxy.
  • R 1 is an (substituted) alkyl ether and R is (substituted) phenoxy.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , -S(O) p R 4 and HET-2;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and-S(O)pR 5 ;
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or
  • HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R 3 ;
  • R 8 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR 5 ; HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(O)-HET-3 and -SO 2 -HET-3;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherem a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3; R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR 5 ;
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ; or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or
  • HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R 3 ;
  • R 8 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and-S(O)pR 5 ; HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(O)NR 41 R 51 , -SO 2 NR 41 R 51 and -S(O) p R 41 ;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 6 ;
  • HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 41 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 51 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl;
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a
  • -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R 3 ;
  • R 8 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and-S(O)pR 5 ;
  • HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
  • ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is O or l; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ], and HET-2;
  • HET-3 as an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-, is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from R 3 .
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is HET-2;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 6 ;
  • HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a
  • -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R 3 ;
  • R 8 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)allcylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR 5 ;
  • HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
  • ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is O or l; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof;
  • each R 5 is independently selected from hydrogen and (l-4C)alkyl, and therefore this definition of R 4 includes (but is not limited to) -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONMe 2 and -CONMeEt. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one HET-2 ring, they may be the same or different. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one group R 4 , they may be the same or different. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one group R 5 , they may be the same or different.
  • a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one group R , they may be the same or different. A similar convention applies for all other groups and substituents on a compound of formula (I) as hereinbefore defined.
  • Compounds of Formula (I) may form salts which are within the ambit ofthe invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred although other salts may be useful in, for example, isolating or purifying compounds.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) as hereinabove defined or to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt.
  • the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) as hereinabove defined or to a pro-drug thereof.
  • Suitable examples of pro-drugs of compounds of formula (I) are in- vivo hydrolysable esters of compounds of formula (I). Therefore in another aspect, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) as hereinabove defined or to an in- vivo hydrolysable ester thereof.
  • alkyl includes both straight-chain and branched-chain alkyl groups. However references to individual alkyl groups such as "propyl” are specific for the straight chain version only and references to individual branched-chain alkyl groups such as t-butyl are specific for the branched chain version only. For example,
  • (l-4C)alkyl includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl.
  • An analogous convention applies to other generic terms.
  • reference to the group HET-1 containing a nitrogen in the 2-position is intended to refer to the 2-position relative to the amide nitrogen atom to which the group is attached.
  • the following structures are encompassed (but not limited to):
  • HET-1 as a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring as hereinbefore defined, include thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl and triazolyl. It will be understood that HET-2 can be a saturated, or partially or fully unsaturated ring.
  • HET-2 include azetidinyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomojrpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4-dioxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxo-l,3,4-(4- triazolinyl), 2-
  • HET-2 may be linked by any appropriate available C or N atom, therefore for example, for HET-2 as "imidazolyl” includes 1- , 2-, 4- and 5- imidazolyl.
  • Suitable examples of HET-3 as a 4-6 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring are morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl.
  • Suitable examples of HET-3 as a 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring are homopiperazinyl, homo-morpholino, homo-thiomorpholino (and versions thereof wherein the sulfur is oxidised to an SO or S(O) 2 group) and homo- piperidinyl.
  • HET-3 as an 6-10 membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring are bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring such as those illustrated by the structures shown below (wherein the dotted line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule):
  • HET-3 is a [2,2,1] system such as
  • HET-4 (7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl).
  • Suitable examples of HET-4 are furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and triazolyl. It will be appreciated that, where definitions of heterocylyl groups HET-1 to HET-4 encompass heteroaryl rings which may be substituted on nitrogen, such substitution may not result in charged quaternary nitrogen atoms.
  • HET- 1 to HET-4 are not intended to include any O-O, O-S or S-S bonds. It will be appreciated that the definitions of HET-1 to HET-4 are not intended to include unstable structures.
  • Examples of (l-4C)alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and tert-butyl; examples of (3-6C)cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; examples of halo include fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; examples of hydrox (1-4C) alkyl include hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1 -hydroxyisopropyl and 4-hydroxybutyl; examples of (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl include methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl
  • the invention includes in its definition any such optically active or racemic form which possesses the property of stimulating GLK directly or inhibiting the GLK GLKRP mteraction.
  • the synthesis of optically active fonns may be carried out by standard techniques of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example by synthesis from optically active starting materials or by resolution of a racemic form.
  • certain compounds may exist in tautomeric forms and that the invention also relates to any and all tautomeric forms ofthe compounds ofthe invention which activate GLK.
  • compounds of fonnula in an alternative embodiment are provided pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of compounds of formula (I), in a further alternative embodiment are provided in-vivo hydrolysable esters of compounds of formula (I), and in a further alternative embodiment are provided pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of in-vivo hydrolysable esters of compounds of formula (I).
  • Preferred values of each variable group are as follows. Such values maybe used where appropriate with any ofthe values, definitions, claims, aspects or embodiments defined hereinbefore or hereinafter. In particular, each may be used as an individual limitation on the broadest definition of formula (I). Further, each ofthe following values may be used in combination with one or more ofthe other following values to limit the broadest defintion of formula (I).
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl and the configuration is preferably (S), that is:
  • R 2 is -C(O)NR 4 R 5 3) R 2 is -S0 2 NR 4 R 5 4) R 2 is -S(0) p R 4 5) R 2 is HET-2 6) m is 1 and R 2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage 7) m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 8) m is 1 and n is 0
  • n 0
  • n 2 and both R 3 are halo
  • n 2 and each R 3 is independently halo or methoxy
  • R 3 is fluoromethyl or difluoromethyl
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl (22) R 3 is halo
  • R 3 is chloro or fluoro
  • R 3 is fluoro
  • n 2 and both R 3 are fluoro
  • (27) n 2 and both R 3 are fluoro and are in the 3- and 5-positions (meta-positions) relative to the ether linkage
  • HET-1 is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring
  • HET-1 is a 6-membered heteroaryl ring
  • HET-1 is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 6 (35) HET-1 is substituted with 1 substituent selected from R 6
  • HET-1 is unsubstituted (37) HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and triazolyl
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl and oxazolyl
  • HET-1 is selected from thiadiazolyl and oxadiazolyl
  • HET-1 is selected from 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl and 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl (43) HET-1 is selected from 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl and 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl
  • HET-1 is pyrazolyl
  • HET-1 is pyridyl or pyrazinyl
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyridyl;
  • R 6 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l- 4C)alkyl and HET-4
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, aminomef yl, N-methylaminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl
  • R 6 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, (1- 4C)alkylS(0)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, and di(l- 4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl and methoxymethyl (52) R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro and fluoro
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, hydroxymethyl and methoxymethyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, hydroxymethyl and methoxymethyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and methoxymethyl
  • R 6 is selected from (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4
  • R 6 is HET-4
  • HET-4 is selected from furyl, pyrrolyl and thienyl (61) HET-4 is furyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ] (64) R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 substituent selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ] (65) R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl substituted by -OR 5
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl substituted by HET-2 (68)
  • R 4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl, particularly cyclopropyl
  • R 4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl substituted by a group selected from R 7
  • R 4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl substituted by a group selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl
  • R 4 is HET-2
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, and (l-4C)alkyl substituted with -OR 5 (73) HET-2 is unsubstituted
  • HET-2 is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy and (1-4C) alkoxy
  • HET-2 is a fully unsaturated ring system
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tefrahyc of ⁇ iranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl,
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl
  • HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl
  • HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pynolidinyl, 2-pynolidonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen (84) R 5 is (l-4)alkyl, preferably methyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, and hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 , (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , and hydroxy(l- 4C)alkyl
  • R 7 is selected from hydroxy, methoxy, -COMe, -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONMe 2 , and hydroxymethyl
  • R 7 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy and (l-4C)alkoxy
  • R is selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy and hydroxy (91)
  • R 7 is methyl
  • R 8 is selected from methyl, hydroxy, methoxy, -COMe, -CONH 2 , -CONHMe, -CONMe 2 , hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, -NHMe and -NMe 2 (93) R 8 is selected from morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl
  • R 8 is selected from methyl, -COMe, -CONH 2 , hydroxyethyl and hydroxy (95) R 8 is methyl
  • HET-3 is selected from morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl (98) R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring as defined by HET-3
  • HET-3 is selected from pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl
  • HET-3 is azetidinyl (101)
  • HET-3 is a 4, 5 or 6-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring as hereinbefore defined
  • HET-3 is a 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring as hereinbefore defined
  • HET-3 is an 6 to 10-membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring as hereinbefore defined
  • HET-3 is 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl
  • HET-3 is selected from morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl and 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl
  • HET-3 is selected from piperidinyl, pynolidinyl, azetidinyl and 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept- 7-yl
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , -S(O) p R 4 and HET-2;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1, 2 or 3 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 6 ;
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(0) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ] and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4-6 membered heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl;
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ;
  • R 8 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl
  • HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , -S(O) p R 4 and HET-2;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1, 2 or 3 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 6 ;
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(0) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ] and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may fonn a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from R ;
  • R 8 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl
  • HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occu ⁇ ence) 0, 1 or 2; is 0 or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • p is (independently at each occu ⁇ ence) 0, 1 or 2; is 0 or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , -S(O) p R 4 and HET-2;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and
  • HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ];
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (1 -4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4-6 membered heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)allcylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl
  • R 7 is selected from -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l- 4C)alkyl and -S(0)pR 5 ;
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) 2 group; wliich ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ;
  • R 8 is selected from -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino,
  • HET-3 (wherem said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and
  • HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occ xence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • R 2 is selected from -C(0)NR 4 R 5 , -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 , -S(O) p R 4 and HET-2;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quatemised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 6 ;
  • HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) 2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 7 ;
  • R 3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and -C(0)NR
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R 4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
  • R 6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(0)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
  • R 7 is selected from -C(0)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l- 4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR 5 ;
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(0) 2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R 8 ; or
  • HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ; or
  • HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom), wherein a -CH 2 - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from R 3 ;
  • R 8 is selected from -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR 4 R 5 , (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino,
  • HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and
  • HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or-S0 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherem
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or-SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -S0 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ];
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, mo ⁇ holinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, py ⁇ olidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofurai yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3 -triazolyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ];
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl,
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl
  • HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazinyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pynolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, 2-py ⁇ olidonyl,
  • R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl
  • m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R 7 ) and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is piperidinyl or piperazinyl
  • R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 ;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 is piperidinyl, optionally substituted with methyl;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazinyl; R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ] and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, 2-pynolidonyl,
  • R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazinyl
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ] and HET-2;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is piperidinyl or piperazinyl; and R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by R ;
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • R 8 is selected from hydroxy, (l-4C)alkoxy and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by R ;
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • R 8 is pyrrolidine or piperidine; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or -SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to whichi they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pynolidinyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by (l-4C)alkyl; and
  • R ⁇ is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET- 1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazirryl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 or-SO 2 NR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to whichi they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pynolidmyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by (l-4C)alkyl; and
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylammomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 ; R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to whichi they are attached form a piperidinyl, or piperazinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by (1-
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form an azetidinyl ring which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon atom by hydroxy;
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, Kf- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 ;
  • R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -CONR 4 R 5 ;
  • R 4 and R 5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 6-10 membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring HET-3;
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 7 and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ];
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4
  • p is 1 or 2;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. h a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe fonnula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR 5 , -SO 2 R 5 , (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR 5 R 5 ];
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pynolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2; R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl,
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyri
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR 5 ], (3-6C)cycloa,lkyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl,
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2; R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl
  • R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl; R 6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl; R 6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R 4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl; R 6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl; R 6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is -S(O)pR 4 ; p is 1 or 2;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 4 is (l-4C)alkyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring
  • R 2 is HET-2
  • R is halo or tnfluoromethyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl
  • HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2; R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl,
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pynolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopynolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 7 is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is O or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 5 is hydrogen or methyl
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
  • R 7 is selected from -OR 5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, py ⁇ olidonyl, 2,5-dioxopynolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
  • R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. h a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2;
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
  • R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. fri a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe fonnula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2
  • R is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pynolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
  • HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
  • R 2 is HET-2
  • R 3 is halo or trifluoromethyl
  • R 6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
  • HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl,
  • R 7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 0 or 1 and n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, N-methylpyrazol-3-yl, N-ethylpyrazol-3yl, 5- methylpyrazol-3-yl, 4-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl, 4-methyl-l,3,5-thiadiazol-2-yl, 4-hydroxymethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methoxymethylthiazol-2-yl and 5-bromopyridin-2-yl;
  • R 3 is selected from chloro, fluoro and trifluoromethyl
  • R 2 is selected from azetidinylcarbonyl, methoxyethylaminocarbonyl, imidazolylmethylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperidin-4-ylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperazin-
  • R 1 is methoxymethyl; m is 0 or 1 and n is 0, 1 or 2;
  • HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, N-methylpyrazol-3-yl, N-ethylpyrazol-3yl, 5- methylpyrazol-3-yl, 4-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl, 4-methyl-l,3,5-thiadiazol-2-yl, 4-hydroxymethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methoxy ⁇ nethylthiazol-2-yl and 5-bromopyridin-2-yl;
  • R 3 is selected from chloro, fluoro, methoxy and trifluoromethyl
  • R 2 is selected from azetidinylcarbonyl, methoxyethylaminocarbonyl, imidazolylmethylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperidin-4-ylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperazin-
  • compounds ofthe invention are each ofthe Examples, each of which provides a further independent aspect ofthe invention, hi further aspects, the present invention also comprises any two or more compounds ofthe Examples.
  • particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 3-(4- ⁇ [(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl ⁇ phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-
  • particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-
  • particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 2-methoxy-4-(3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5- ⁇ [(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino] carbonyl ⁇ phenoxy)-N-methylbenzamide;
  • particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 3- ⁇ 2-chloro-4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy ⁇ -5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-metl ⁇ ylethyl)oxy]-
  • the compounds of the invention may be administered in the form of a pro-drug.
  • a pro-drug is a bioprecursor or pharmaceutically acceptable compound being degradable in the body to produce a compound ofthe invention (such as an ester or amide of a compound ofthe invention, particularly an in-vivo hydrolysable ester).
  • a prodrug derivatives see: a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and-Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al.
  • An in-vivo hydrolysable ester of a compound ofthe invention containing a carboxy or a hydroxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically- acceptable ester which is hydro lysed in the human or animal body to produce the parent acid or alcohol.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable esters for carboxy include C ⁇ to C 6 alkoxymethyl esters for example methoxymethyl, Ci to C 6 alkanoyloxymethyl esters for example pivaloyloxymethyl, phthalidyl esters, C 3 to CscycloalkoxycarbonyloxyCi to C 6 alkyl esters for example 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl; l,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl esters, for example 5-methyl- l,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl; and C 1-6 alkoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters.
  • An in-vivo hydrolysable ester of a compound ofthe mvention containing a hydroxy group includes inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters) and ⁇ -acyloxyalkyl ethers and related compounds which as a result ofthe in-vivo hydrolysis ofthe ester breakdown to give the parent hydroxy group/s.
  • inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters) and ⁇ -acyloxyalkyl ethers and related compounds which as a result ofthe in-vivo hydrolysis ofthe ester breakdown to give the parent hydroxy group/s.
  • ⁇ -acyloxyalkyl ethers include acetoxymethoxy and 2,2-dimethylpropionyloxy-methoxy.
  • a selection of in-vivo hydrolysable ester forming groups for hydroxy include alkanoyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl, alkoxycarbonyl (to give alkyl carbonate esters), dialkylcarbamoyl and N-(dialkylaminoethyl)-N-alkylcarbamoyl (to give carbamates), dialkylaminoacetyl and carboxyacetyl.
  • a suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of a compound ofthe invention is, for example, an acid-addition salt of a compound ofthe invention which is sufficiently basic, for example, an acid-addition salt with, for example, an inorganic or organic acid, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, phosphoric, trifluoroacetic, citric or maleic acid.
  • a suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of a benzoxazinone derivative ofthe mvention which is sufficiently acidic is an alkali metal salt, for example a sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, for example a calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt or a salt with an organic base which affords a physiologically-acceptable cation, for example a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, mo ⁇ holine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine.
  • a further feature ofthe invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as defined above, or a salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, together with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier.
  • a compound of Formula (I) as defined above for use as a medicament.
  • a compound of Formula (I) for use in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a disease mediated tlirough GLK, in particular type 2 diabetes is suitably formulated as a phannaceutical composition for use in this way.
  • a method of treating GLK mediated diseases, especially diabetes by administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • Specific diseases which may be treated by a compound or composition ofthe invention include: blood glucose lowering in type 2 Diabetes Mellitus without a serious risk of hypoglycaemia (and potential to treat type 1), dyslipidemia, obesity, insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome X, impaired glucose tolerance.
  • the GLK/GLKRP system can be described as a potential "Diabesity" target (of benefit in both Diabetes and Obesity).
  • a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof in the preparation of a medicament for use in the combined treatment or prevention of diabetes and obesity.
  • a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof in the preparation of a medicament for use in the treatment or prevention of obesity.
  • a method for the combined treatment of obesity and diabetes by administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • a method for the treatment of obesity by administering an effective amount of a compound of Fonnula (1) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment.
  • compositions ofthe invention maybe in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intramuscular dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing).
  • oral use for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs
  • compositions ofthe invention maybe obtained by conventional procedures using conventional pharmaceutical excipients, well known in the art.
  • compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more colouring, sweetening, flavouring and/or preservative agents.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for a tablet formulation include, for example, inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate, granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid; binding agents such as starch; lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc; preservative agents such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and anti-oxidants, such as ascorbic acid.
  • inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate
  • granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid
  • binding agents such as starch
  • lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc
  • preservative agents such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and anti-oxidants, such as ascorbic acid.
  • Tablet formulations may be uncoated or coated either to modify their disintegration and the subsequent abso ⁇ tion ofthe active ingredient within the gastrointestinal tract, or to improve their stability and/or appearance, in either case, using conventional coating agents and procedures well known in the art.
  • Compositions for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil.
  • Aqueous suspensions generally contain the active ingredient in finely powdered form together with one or more suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pynolidone, gum fragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents such as lecithin or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (for example polyoxethylene stearate), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbito
  • the aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives (such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, anti- oxidants (such as ascorbic acid), colouring agents, flavouring agents, and/or sweetening agents (such as sucrose, saccharine or aspartame).
  • Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil (such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil) or in a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin).
  • the oily suspensions may also contain a thickening agent such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set out above, and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation.
  • compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
  • Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water generally contain the active ingredient together with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients such as sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents, may also be present.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions ofthe invention may also be in the form of oil-in- water emulsions.
  • the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, such as for example liquid paraffin or a mixture of any of these.
  • Suitable emulsifying agents may be, for example, naturally-occu ⁇ ing gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soya bean, lecithin, an esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (for example sorbitan monooleate) and condensation products ofthe said partial esters with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
  • the emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavouring and preservative agents.
  • Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents such as glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose, and may also contain a demulcent, preservative, flavouring and/or colouring agent.
  • the pharmaceutical compositions may also be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension, which may be formulated according to known procedures using one or more ofthe appropriate dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents, which have been mentioned above.
  • a sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • Compositions for administration by inhalation may be in the form of a conventional pressurised aerosol arranged to dispense the active ingredient either as an aerosol containing finely divided solid or liquid droplets.
  • Conventional aerosol propellants such as volatile fluorinated hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons may be used and the aerosol device is conveniently ananged to dispense a metered quantity of active ingredient.
  • a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will generally contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 2 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight ofthe total composition.
  • Dosage unit fonns will generally contain about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
  • the size ofthe dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a compound ofthe Formula (I) will naturally vary according to the nature and severity ofthe conditions, the age and sex ofthe animal or patient and the route of administration, according to well known principles of medicine.
  • a compound ofthe Formula (I) for therapeutic or prophylactic pu ⁇ oses it will generally be administered so that a daily dose in the range, for example, 0.5 mg to 75 mg per kg body weight is received, given if required in divided doses. In general lower doses will be administered when a parenteral route is employed.
  • a dose in the range for example, 0.5 mg to 30 mg per kg body weight will generally be used.
  • a dose in the range for example, 0.5 mg to 25 mg per kg body weight will be used.
  • Oral administration is however prefened.
  • the elevation of GLK activity described herein may be applied as a sole therapy or in combination with one or more other substances and/or treatments for the indication being treated. Such conjoint treatment may be achieved by way ofthe simultaneous, sequential or separate administration of the individual components of the treatment. Simultaneous treatment may be in a single tablet or in separate tablets.
  • chemotherapy may include the following main categories of treatment: 1) Insulin and insulin analogues; 2) Insulin secretagogues including sulphonylureas (for example glibenclamide, glipizide), prandial glucose regulators (for example repaglinide, nateglinide) ; 3) Agents that improve incretin action (for example dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors, and GLP-1 agonists); 4) Insulin sensitising agents including PPARgamma agonists (for example pioglitazone and rosiglitazone), and agents with combined PPARalpha and gamma activity; 5) Agents that modulate hepatic glucose balance (for example metformin, fructose 1, 6 bisphosphatase inhibitors, glycogen phopsphorylase inhibitors, glycogen synthase kinase inhibitors); 6) Agents designed to reduce the abso ⁇ tion of glucose from the intestine
  • nifedipine Angiotensin receptor antagonists (eg candesartan), ⁇ antagonists and diuretic agents (eg. furosemide, benzthiazide); 12)Haemostasis modulators such as, antithrombotics, activators of fibrinolysis and antiplatelet agents; thrombin antagonists; factor Xa inhibitors; factor Vila inl ibitors); antiplatelet agents (eg. aspirin, clopidogrel); anticoagulants (heparin and Low molecular weight analogues, hirudin) and warfarin; 13) Agents which antagonise the actions of glucagon; and 14) Anti-inflammatory agents, such as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (eg. aspirin) and steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (eg. cortisone).
  • non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs eg. aspirin
  • steroidal anti-inflammatory agents eg. cortisone
  • a compound ofthe invention, or a salt thereof may be prepared by any process known to be applicable to the preparation of such compounds or structurally related compounds.
  • Functional groups maybe protected and deprotected using conventional methods.
  • protecting groups such as amino and carboxylic acid protecting groups (as well as means of formation and eventual deprotection), see T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts,
  • Suitable leaving groups X 1 to X 5 for processes b) to d) are any leaving group known in the art for these types of reactions, for example halo, alkoxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, methanesulfonyloxy, or p-toulenesulfonyloxy; or a group (such as a hydroxy group) that may be converted into a leaving group (such as an oxytriphenylphosphonium group) in situ.
  • Compounds of Formulae (HI) to (XII) are commercially available, or are known in the art, or may be made by processes known in the art as shown, for example, in the accompanying Examples.
  • Formula (I) well known to those skilled in the art, include functional group interconversions such as hydrolysis, hydrogenation, hydrogenolysis, oxidation or reduction, and/or further functionalisation by standard reactions such as amide or metal-catalysed coupling, or nucleophilic displacement reactions; Specific reaction conditions for the above reactions are as follows, wherein when P 1 is a protecting group P 1 is preferably C 1-4 alkyl, for example methyl or ethyl: Process a) — coupling reactions of amino groups with carboxylic acids to form an amide are well known in the art.
  • an appropriate coupling reaction such as a carbodiimide coupling reaction performed with EDAC (l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride) in the presence of dimethylammopyridine (DMAP) in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM), chloroform or dimethylformamide (DMF) at room temperature; or (ii) reaction in which the carboxylic group is activated to an acid chloride by reaction with oxalyl chloride in the presence of a suitable solvent such as DCM.
  • EDAC l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride
  • DMAP dimethylammopyridine
  • DCM dichloromethane
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • the acid chloride can then be reacted with a compound of Formula (IV) in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine or pyridine, in a suitable solvent such as chloroform or DCM at a temperature between 0°C and 80°C.
  • a base such as triethylamine or pyridine
  • a suitable solvent such as chloroform or DCM
  • Process b) - compounds of Formula (V) and (VI) can be reacted together in a suitable solvent, such as DMF or tetrahydrofuran (THF), with a base such as sodium hydride or potassium tert-butoxide, at a temperature in the range 0 to 200°C, optionally using microwave heating or metal catalysis such as palladium(II)acetate, palladium on carbon, copper(IJ)acetate or copper(I)iodide; alternatively, compounds of Formula (V) and (VI) can be reacted together in a suitable solvent, such as THF or DCM, with a suitable phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, and azodicarboxylate such as diethylazodicarboxylate; process b) could also be carried out using a precursor to the ester of fonnula (VJJ) such as an aryl-nitrile or trifluoromethyl derivative, followed by conversion to a carboxylic
  • Process d) - reaction of a compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XU) can be performed in a polar solvent, such as DMF or a non-polar solvent such as THF with a strong base, such as sodium hydride or potassium tert-butoxide at a temperature between 0 and 200°C, optionally using microwave heating or metal catalysis, such as palladium(II)acetate, palladium on carbon, copper(IJ)acetate or copper(I)iodide.
  • a polar solvent such as DMF or a non-polar solvent such as THF
  • a strong base such as sodium hydride or potassium tert-butoxide
  • a carboxy protecting group maybe the residue of an ester-forming aliphatic or araliphatic alcohol or of an ester-forming silanol (the said alcohol or silanol preferably containing 1-20 carbon atoms).
  • Examples of carboxy protecting groups include straight or branched chain (l-12C)alkyl groups (e.g. isopropyl, t-butyl); lower alkoxy lower alkyl groups (e.g.
  • trimethylsilyl and t-butyldimethylsilyl tri(lower alkyl)silyl lower alkyl groups (e.g. trimethylsilylethyl); and (2-6C)alkenyl groups (e.g. allyl and vinylethyl).
  • Methods particularly appropriate for the removal of carboxyl protecting groups include for example acid-, metal- or enzymically-catalysed hydrolysis.
  • Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include lower alkenyl groups (e.g. allyl); lower alkanoyl groups (e.g. acetyl); lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (e.g. t-butoxycarbonyl); lower alkenyloxycarbonyl groups (e.g.
  • allyloxycarbonyl e.g. benzoyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl); tri lower alkyl/arylsilyl groups (e.g. trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl); aryl lower alkyl groups (e.g. benzyl) groups; and triaryl lower alkyl groups (e.g. triphenylmethyl).
  • amino protecting groups include formyl, aralkyl groups (e.g.
  • benzyl and substituted benzyl e.g. p-methoxybenzyl, nitrobenzyl and 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, and triphenylmethyl); di-p-anisylmethyl and furylmethyl groups; lower alkoxycarbonyl (e.g. t-butoxycarbonyl); lower alkenyloxycarbonyl (e.g. allyloxycarbonyl); aryl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; trialkylsilyl (e.g.
  • alkylidene e.g. methylidene
  • benzylidene and substituted benzylidene groups are examples of protecting groups for amide groups.
  • protecting groups for amide groups include aralkoxymethyl (e.g. benzyloxymethyl and substituted benzyloxymethyl); alkoxymethyl (e.g.
  • tri alkyl/arylsilyl e.g. trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsily, t- butyldiphenylsilyl
  • tri alkyl/arylsilyloxymethyl e.g. t-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyloxymethyl
  • 4-alkoxyphenyl e.g. 4-methoxyphenyl
  • 2,4-di(alkoxy)phenyl e.g. 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl
  • 4-alkoxybenzyl e.g.
  • Aralkoxymethyl, groups may be introduced onto the amide group by reacting the latter group with the appropriate aralkoxymethyl chloride, and removed by catalytic hydrogenation.
  • Alkoxymethyl, tri alkyl/arylsilyl and tri alkyl/silyloxymethyl groups may be introduced by reacting the amide with the appropriate chloride and removing with acid; or in the case ofthe silyl containing groups, fluoride ions.
  • alkoxyphenyl and alkoxybenzyl groups are conveniently introduced by arylation or alkylation with an appropriate halide and removed by oxidation with eerie ammonium nitrate.
  • alk-1-enyl groups may be introduced by reacting the amide with the appropriate aldehyde and removed with acid.
  • each exemplified compound represents a particular and independent aspect ofthe invention, hi the following non-limiting Examples, unless otherwise stated: (i) evaporations were carried out by rotary evaporation in vacuo and work-up procedures were carried out after removal of residual solids such as drying agents by filtration; (ii) operations were carried out at room temperature, that is in the range 18-25°C and under an atmosphere of an inert gas such as argon or nitrogen; (iii) yields are given for illustration only and are not necessarily the maximum attainable; (iv) the structures ofthe end-products ofthe Formula (I) were confirmed by nuclear (generally proton) magnetic resonance (NMR) with a field strength (for proton) of 300 or 400 MHz , and mass spectral techniques; proton magnetic resonance chemical shift values were measured on the delta scale and peak multiplicities are shown as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; m, multiplet; br, broad; q, quartet, quin, quinte
  • DCM dichloromethane DEAD diethylazodicarboxylate; DIAD diisopropylazodicarboxylate; DJREA NN-Diisopropylethylamine; DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide; DMA dimethylacetamide; DMF dimethylformamide; EDAC l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride;
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol- 1 -yl)- 1 , 1 ,3 ,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate;
  • Example 1 The required acid for Example 1 was prepared as described below:
  • reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (2 10 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (75 mL) and 1M hydrochloric acid (30 mL).
  • the ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 30% ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (700 mg).
  • the DCM and excess oxalyl chloride were removed in vacuo, the residual oil dissolved in DCM (25 mL) and added to a solution of 2-aminothiazole (2.84g) and triethylamine (7.88 mL) in DCM (75 mL) at 0-5°C, and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 4 hours.
  • the DCM and excess triethylamine were removed in vacuo, the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and 1M hydrochloric acid (100 mL).
  • reaction mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours, filtered through diatomaceous earth and the DCM evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 10%o ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (10.7 g).
  • Example 2 The required acid for Example 2 was prepared as described below:
  • reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (2 x 10 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo, and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (75 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (30 mL).
  • ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgS0 ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica (eluting with 30%o ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give the desired ester (680 mg).
  • Example 3 The required acid for Example 3 was prepared as described below: 4-[(3-r(l»S f )-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxyl)-5-irri-methyl-lH- ⁇ yrazol-3- yl aminolcarbonyl ⁇ phenyl)oxy]benzoic acid
  • reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with DCM (2 x 50 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (200 mL).
  • the ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica eluting with a gradient of 50-100%> ethyl acetate in isohexane to give the desired compound (5.47 g).
  • the crude material was dissolved in DCM (75 mL) and slowly added to a stined suspension of 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -amine (3.35 g) and DIPEA (14.4 mL) in DCM (75 mL).
  • the mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 18 hours, before the organics were evaporated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL).
  • the organics were washed with IM aqueous hydrochloric acid (100 mL) and brine (50 mL), and dried (MgSO 4 ), before evaporation in vacuo to give crude material.
  • the reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, and treated with a further 0.2 equivalents of 4-fluorobenzoiiitrile and sodium hexamethyldisilazide, heated to 70°C and stined at this temperature for 3 hours.
  • the reaction was cooled to room temperature, and treated with a further 0.2 equivalents of sodium hexamethyldisilazide, warmed to 70°C, and stined at this temperature overnight.
  • the solvent was removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The water layer was separated and re-extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Example 9a 3-r ⁇ S)-2-Methoxy- ⁇ -methylethvno ⁇ y1-JV- -methyl-lH-pyrazoI-3-yl)-5-r3- (methylsulfonyDphenoxylbenzamide
  • Example 9b 3-l(lS , )-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvno ⁇ yl-iV-(l-methyl-lH r -pyrazol-3-ylV5-[3- (methylsulfinvDphenoxylbenzamide
  • the organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a white foam.
  • the crude mixture was purified using a 20 g Redisep column eluting with 0-5% methanol in DCM to yield the desired sulphone (117 mg).
  • DIPEA (2.5 equivalents) was added to a suspension of 3- ⁇ (l ⁇ S)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy ⁇ -5- ⁇ [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] oxy ⁇ benzoic acid (1 equivalent), HATU(1.25 equivalents) and amine (1.25 equivalents) in DMF (20 mL).
  • the initial suspension dissolved into a dark orange solution.
  • the resulting mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 2 hours.
  • the DMF was removed in vacuo, and the residue azeotroped with toluene. Water was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Example llf may be crystallised by allowing isohexane to vapour diffuse into a solution of the compound in ethylacetate, in a closed system, with subsequent slow evaporation ofthe mixture at room temperature over 4 days, mp 109-11 2.
  • the required amino pyrazole for Example llg was prepared as follows:
  • Example 12 General Procedure for Amide Synthesis - Oxalyl Chloride Coupling
  • Methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate (0.40 g) and 4-toluenesulphonylchloride (0.45 g) was stined vigorously in diethyl ether (20 mL) with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL) at ambient temperature for 62 hours. The aqueous layer was removed and the residue washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to yield a colourless oil.
  • Example 13 3-f3.5-DifluorophenoxyVN-r4-(hvdroxymethvI)-1.3-thiazol-2-yll-5-r2-(lS)- methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxylbenzamide
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-( ⁇ 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzoyl ⁇ amino)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (180 mg, 0.330 mmol) in dry DCM (3 mL) and the reaction was stined under argon for 3 h. A further portion of trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL) was then added and the reaction was stined for 30 min, then evaporated in vacuo.
  • lH-Pyrazol-3 -amine (428 mg, 5.15 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at 0°C and treated with sodium hydride (206 mg, 5.15 mmol) followed by stirring for a further 30 min.
  • Wanned di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.12 g, 5.15 mmol) was then slowly added via syringe over 5 min and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stined for a further 2 h.
  • the reaction was taken up in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was separated then dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and evaporated.
  • Trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-( ⁇ 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzoyl ⁇ amino)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate (500 mg, 0.330 mmol) in dry DCM (6 mL) and the reaction was stined under argon for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (15 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, evaporated, then re-evaporated with DCM / hexanes to produce the title compound (350 mg) as a colourless foam.
  • ⁇ ATU 500 mg, 1.31 mmol was added to 3- ⁇ (lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy ⁇ -5- ⁇ [4- (methylsulfonyl) phenyl] oxy ⁇ benzoic acid (400 mg, 1.05 mmol) followed by addition of DMF (6 mL), DTREA (0.47 mL) and tert-butyl 3-amino-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (380 mg, 1.93 mmol). The reaction was stined under argon for 72 h, then dissolved in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL).
  • Example 17 3-[4-(Azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy1-5-f(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy1- V-(3-methyl-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide
  • reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (2 x 50 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (300 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (200 L).
  • the ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 40%> ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (1.35 g).
  • the DCM and excess oxalyl chloride were removed in vacuo, the residual oil dissolved in DCM (50 L) and added to a solution of 5-amino-3-methyl- 1,2,4 thiadiazole (6.05 g) and triethylamine (14.6 mL) in DCM (150 mL) at 0-5°C, and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours.
  • the DCM and excess triethylamine were removed in vacuo, and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (250 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (150 mL).
  • the ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with IM hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and brine, dried (MgSO 4 ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on alumina with ethyl acetate as eluant, then on silica with 30% ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (9.6 g).
  • Example 18c The precursor for Example 18c was prepared at 150°C in DMF for 4 hours, using 1.2 equivalents ofthe fluoro-ester.
  • the precursor for Examples 18d-e was prepared at 150°C in DMF for 2 hours.
  • methyl 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoate used in the preparation ofthe precursor for Examples 18d-e was prepared from 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoic acid according to the procedure described in WO98/13332.
  • Example 3 The synthesis of 3 -hydroxy-5 - [( 15)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -N-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol- 3-yl)benzamide is described in Example 3.
  • Example l9 3- ⁇ 4-f(Dimethylamino carbonyllphenoxy ⁇ -5-r(lS)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxyl-N-lH-pyrazoI-3-ylbenzamide
  • Example 19c The ester required for the preparation of Example 19c was prepared as follows: tert-Butyl 3-( ⁇ 3-[4-(ethoxycarbonvDphenoxy]-5-[(l l $ r )-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl ⁇ amino -5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate
  • Freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (1.5 g) were added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-( ⁇ 3- hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]benzoyl ⁇ amino)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate (1.0 g, 2.47 mmol), (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)boronic acid (718 mg, 3.7 mmol), copper (TJ) acetate (672 mg, 3.7 mmol) and triethylamine (1.7 mL, 12.3 mmol) in DCM (40 mL).
  • the mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 2 days then filtered through diatomaceous earth and the DCM removed in vacuo.
  • the residual oil was partitioned between ethyl acetate (35 mL) and IN hydrochloric acid (35 mL), the ethyl acetate layer separated, washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (35 L), brine (35 mL), dried (MgSO 4 ) and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica, eluting with 40 - 60%) ethyl acetate in hexane, to give the desired compound as an orange oil (80mg, 6%).
  • tert-Butyl 3 -( ⁇ 3 -hydroxy- 5 - [(1 _S -2-mefhoxy- 1 -methylethoxy]benzoyl ⁇ amino)- 5 -methyl- 1H- pyrazole-1 -carboxylate was prepared in an analogous fashion to tert-butyl 3-( ⁇ 3-hydroxy-5- [(l_S)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]benzoyl ⁇ amino)- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate, described in Example 19, starting from 3-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5- ⁇ [phenylmethyl]oxy ⁇ benzoic and tert-butyl 3-ammo-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l -carboxylate.
  • 3,4-DifTuorophenyl methyl sulfone used in the preparation of Example 20a was prepared in an analogous manner from 3,4-difluorophenyl methyl sulfide.
  • Example 20c The l-(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)azetidine used in the preparation of Example 20c was prepared as described below.
  • Oxalyl chloride (1.05 mL, 12.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 3,4-difluorobenzoic acid (1.58 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) containing DMF (1 drop). The reaction was stined at ambient temperature for 16 h then evapourated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in DCM (25 mL) and azetidine hydrochloride (1.12 g, 12.0 mmol) added followed by triethylamine (4.18 mL, 30.0 mmol). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 2 h then concentrated in vacuo.
  • Example 11 The preparation of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]benzoate was described in Example 11.
  • the preparation of l-(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)azetidine was described in Example 20c.
  • Example 22 3-.4-(Azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxyl-5-.(lS)-2-meth oxy-l-methylethoxyl-iV- (5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
  • Enzymatic activity of recombinant human pancreatic GLK may be measured by incubating GLK, ATP and glucose.
  • the rate of product (ie G-6-P) formation may b>e determined by coupling the assay to a G-6-P dehydrogenase, ⁇ ADP/ ⁇ ADPH system and measuring the linear increase with time of optical density at 340nm (Matschinsky e ⁇ t al 1993).
  • Activation of GLK by compounds can be assessed using this assay in the presence or absence of GLKRP as described in Brocklehurst et al (Diabetes 2004, 53, 535-541).
  • GLK and GLKRP cD ⁇ A Production of recombinant GLK and GLKRP Human GLK and GLKRP cD ⁇ A was obtained by PCR from human pancreatic and hepatic mR ⁇ A respectively, using established techniques described in Sambrook J, Fritsch EF & Maniatis T, 1989. PCR primers were designed according to the GLK and GLKRP cDNA sequences shown in Tanizawa et al 1991 and Bonthron, D.T. et al 1994 (later conected in Warner, J.P. 1995). Cloning in Bluescript II vectors GLK and GLKRP cDNA was cloned in E.
  • coli using pBluescript TJ (Short et al 1998) a recombinant cloning vector system similar to that employed by Yanisch-Penon C et al (1985), comprising a colEI-based replicon bearing a polylinker DNA fragment containing multiple unique restriction sites, flanked by bacteriophage T3 and T7 promoter sequences; a filamentous phage origin of replication and an ampicillin drug resistance marker gene.
  • Transformations E. Coli transformations were generally carried out by electroporation. 400 mL cultures of strains DH5a or BL21(DE3) were grown in L-broth to an OD 600 of 0.5 and harvested by centrifugation at 2,000g. The cells were washed twice in ice-cold deionised water, resuspended in lmL 10%> glycerol and stored in aliquots at -70°C. Ligation mixes were desalted using Millipore V seriesTM membranes (0.0025mm) pore size).
  • Expression GLK was expressed from the vector pTB375NBSE in E.coli BL21 cells, producing a recombinant protein containing a 6-His tag immediately adjacent to the N-terminal methionine.
  • another suitable vector is pET21(+)DNA, Novagen, Cat number
  • the 6-His tag was used to allow purification ofthe recombinant protein on a column packed with nickel-nitrilotriacetic acid agarose purchased from Qiagen (cat no 30250).
  • GLKRP was expressed from the vector pFLAG CTC (IBI Kodak) in E.coli BL21 cells, producing a recombinant protein containing a C-terminal FLAG tag.
  • the protein was purified initially by DEAE Sepharose ion exchange followed by utilisation ofthe FLAG tag for final purification on an M2 anti-FLAG immunoaffinity column purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (cat no. A1205).
  • Oral glucose tolerance tests were done on conscious Zucker obese fa/fa rats (age 12-13 weeks or older) fed a high fat diet (45 %> kcal fat) for at least two weeks prior to experimentation. The animals were fasted for 2 hours before use for experiments. A test compound or a vehicle was given orally 120 minutes before oral adminisfration of a glucose solution at a dose of 2 g/kg body weight. Blood glucose levels were measured using a Accucheck glucometer from tail bled samples taken at different time points before and after administration of glucose (time course of 60 minutes). A time curve ofthe blood glucose levels was generated and the area-under-the-curve (AUC) for 120 minutes was calculated (the time of glucose administration being time zero). Percent inhibition was determined using the AUC in the vehicle-control group as zero percent inhibition.
  • AUC area-under-the-curve
  • Example lib Example III 07 Compounds ofthe invention generally have an activating activity for glucokinase with an EC 50 of less than about 500nM.
  • Example 1 lb has an EC 50 of 30nM.
  • Example 1 lb and Example IJ107 in WO 03/015774 have broadly similar EC 50 values. However Example 1 lb has superior oral exposure and exhibits 29%> OGTT activity at 10 mg/kg but Example JJ107 in WO 03/015774 is not active at 10 mg/kg.

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Obesity (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Emergency Medicine (AREA)
  • Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Low-Molecular Organic Synthesis Reactions Using Catalysts (AREA)
  • Thiazole And Isothizaole Compounds (AREA)
  • Nitrogen- Or Sulfur-Containing Heterocyclic Ring Compounds With Rings Of Six Or More Members (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Pyridine Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

Compounds of Formula (I): wherein: R1 is methoxymethyl; R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, optionally substituted C-linked heteroaryl ring; HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked optionally substituted heterocyclyl ring; R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano; R4 is selected from for example hydrogen, optionally substituted (1-4C)alkyl and HET-2; R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3; HET-3 is for example an optionally substituted N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; mis 0 or1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, are described. Their use as GLK activators, pharmaceutical compositions containing them, and processes for their preparation are also described.

Description

BENZAMIDE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS GLUCOKINASE ACTIVATING AGEN
The present invention relates to a group of benzoyl amino heterocyclyl compounds which are useful in the treatment or prevention of a disease or medical condition mediated 5 through glucokinase (GLK or GK), leading to a decreased glucose threshold for insulin secretion. In addition the compounds are predicted to lower blood glucose by increasing hepatic glucose uptake. Such compounds may have utility in the treatment of Type 2 diabetes and obesity. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising said compounds and to methods of treatment of diseases mediated by GLK using said compounds.
10 In the pancreatic β-cell and liver parenchymal cells the main plasma membrane glucose transporter is GLUT2. Under physiological glucose concentrations the rate at which GLUT2 transports glucose across the membrane is not rate limiting to the overall rate of glucose uptake in these cells. The rate of glucose uptake is limited by the rate of phosphorylation of glucose to glucose-6-phosphate (G-6-P) which is catalysed by glucokinase
15 (GLK) [ 1 ] . GLK has a high (6- 1 OmM) Km for glucose and is not inhibited by physiological concentrations of G-6-P [1]. GLK expression is limited to a few tissues and cell types, most notably pancreatic β-cells and liver cells (hepatocytes) [1]. In these cells GLK activity is rate limiting for glucose utilisation and therefore regulates the extent of glucose induced insulin secretion and hepatic glycogen synthesis. These processes are critical in the maintenance of
20 whole body glucose homeostasis and both are dysfunctional in diabetes [2]. In one sub-type of diabetes, Maturity-Onset Diabetes of he Young Type 2 (MODY-2), the diabetes is caused by GLK loss of function mutations [3, 4]. Hyperglycaemia in MODY-2 patients results from defective glucose utilisation in both the pancreas and liver [5], Defective glucose utilisation in the pancreas of MODY-2 patients results in a raised threshold for
25 glucose stimulated insulin secretion. Conversely, rare activating mutations of GLK reduce this threshold resulting in familial hyperinsulinism [6, 6a, 7]. In addition to the reduced GLK activity observed in MODY-2 diabetics, hepatic glucokinase activity is also decreased in Type 2 diabetics [8]. Importantly, global or liver selective overexpression of GLK prevents or reverses the development ofthe diabetic phenotype in both dietary and genetic models ofthe
30 disease [9-12]. Moreover, acute treatment of Type 2 diabetics with fructose improves glucose tolerance through stimulation of hepatic glucose utilisation [13]. This effect is believed to be mediated through a fructose induced increase in cytosolic GLK activity in the hepatocyte by the mechanism described below [13]. Hepatic GLK activity is inhibited through association with GLK regulatory protein (GLKRP). The GLK/GLKRP complex is stabilised by fractose-6-phosphate (F6P) binding to the GLKRP and destabilised by displacement of this sugar phosphate by fructose- 1 -phosphate (F1P). F1P is generated by fructokinase mediated phosphorylation of dietary fructose. Consequently, GLK GLKRP complex integrity and hepatic GLK activity is regulated in a nutritionally dependent manner as F6P is dominant in the post-absorptive state whereas F1P predominates in the post-prandial state. In contrast to the hepatocyte, the pancreatic β-cell expresses GLK in the absence of GLKRP. Therefore, β-cell GLK activity is regulated extensively by the availability of its substrate, glucose. Small molecules may activate GLK either directly or through destabilising the GLK GLKRP complex. The former class of compounds are predicted to stimulate glucose utilisation in both the liver and the pancreas whereas the latter are predicted to act exclusively in the liver. However, compounds with either profile are predicted to be of therapeutic benefit in treating Type 2 diabetes as this disease is characterised by defective glucose utilisation in both tissues. GLK, GLKRP and the KATP channel are expressed in neurones ofthe hypothalamus, a region ofthe brain that is important in the regulation of energy balance and the control of food intake [14-18]. These neurones have been shown to express orectic and anorectic neuropeptides [15, 19, 20] and have been assumed to be the glucose-sensing neurones within the hypothalamus that are either inhibited or excited by changes in ambient glucose concentrations [17, 19, 21, 22]. The ability of these neurones to sense changes in glucose levels is defective in a variety of genetic and experimentally induced models of obesity [23- 28], Intracerebro ventricular (icv) infusion of glucose analogues, that are competitive inhibitors of glucokinase, stimulate food intake in lean rats [29, 30]. In contrast, icv infusion of glucose suppresses feeding [31]. Thus, small molecule activators of GLK may decrease food intake and weight gain through central effects on GLK. Therefore, GLK activators may be of therapeutic use in treating eating disorders, including obesity, in addition to diabetes. The hypothalamic effects will be additive or synergistic to the effects ofthe same compounds acting in the liver and/or pancreas in normalising glucose homeostasis, for the treatment of Type 2 diabetes. Thus the GLK GLKRP system can be described as a potential "Diabesity" target (of benefit in both Diabetes and Obesity). GLK is also expressed in specific entero-endocrine cells where it is believed to control the glucose sensitive secretion ofthe incretin peptides GIP (glucose-dependent insulinotropic polypeptide) and GLP-1 (Glucagon-Like Peptide- 1) from gut K-cells and L-cells respectively (32, 33, 34). Therefore, small molecule activators of GLK may have additional beneficial effects on insulin secretion, β-cell function and survival and body weight as a consequence of stimulating GIP and GLP-1 secretion from these entero-endocrine cells. hi WO00/58293 and WOO 1/44216 (Roche), a series of benzylcarbamoyl compounds are described as glucokinase activators. The mechanism by which such compounds activate GLK is assessed by measuring the direct effect of such compounds in an assay in which GLK activity is linked to NADH production, which in turn is measured optically - see details ofthe in vitro assay described hereinafter. Compounds ofthe present invention may activate GLK directly or may activate GLK by inliibiting the interaction of GLKRP with GLK. Further GLK activators have been described in WO03/095438 (substituted phenylacetamides, Roche), WO03/055482 (carboxamide and sulphonamide derivatives, Novo Nordisk), WO2004/002481 (arylcarbonyl derivatives, Novo Nordisk), and in WO03/080585 (amino-substituted benzoylaminoheterocycles, Banyu). Our International application Number: WO03/000267 describes a group of benzoyl amino pyridyl carboxylic acids which are activators ofthe enzyme glucokinase (GLK). Our International application Number: WO03/015774 describes compounds ofthe Formula (A):
Figure imgf000005_0001
(A) wherein R3 is a substituted heterocycle other than a carboxylic acid substituted pyridyl. International application WO2004/076420 (Banyu) describes compounds which are generally a subset of those described in WO03/015774, wherein for example R1 is an (substituted) alkyl ether and R is (substituted) phenoxy. We have surprisingly found a small group of compounds, generally a selected subgroup of those described in WO 03/015774, which have generally superior potency for the GLK enzyme, and more advantageous physical properties, including, for example, one or more of higher aqueous solubility, higher permeability, and/or lower plasma protein binding. Consequently, such compounds having a balance of these properties would be expected to display higher plasma free drug levels and superior in vivo efficacy after oral dosing as determined, for example, by activity in Oral Glucose Tolerance Tests (OGTTs). Therefore this group of compounds would be expected to provide superior oral exposure at a lower dose and thereby be particularly suitable for use in the treatment or prevention of a disease or medical condition mediated through GLK. Thus, according to the first aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000006_0001
(I) wherein:
R1 is methoxymethyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
R6;
HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7; R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and-S(O)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R3;
R8 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5; HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound of formula (I), or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof as hereinbefore defined, with the proviso that compounds exemplified in WO2004/076420, which would otherwise fall within the scope of this invention, are excluded. In another aspect ofthe invention, there is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined, wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)-HET-3 and -SO2-HET-3;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
R6;
HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherem a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7;
R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano; R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3; R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(0)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R3;
R8 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and-S(O)pR5; HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is O or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof; In a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound ofthe formula (I), as hereinbefore defined or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein: HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R . In another aspect ofthe invention, there is provided a compounds ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined, wherem R1 is methoxymethyl; R2 is selected from -C(O)NR41R51, -SO2NR41R51 and -S(O)pR41;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R6;
HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7;
R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
R41 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2; R51 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl;
R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2; R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)allcylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a
-CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R3;
R8 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and-S(O)pR5;
HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is O or l; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
In a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein: R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], and HET-2;
HET-3 as an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-, is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from R3. In another aspect ofthe invention, there is provided a compounds ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined, wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; R2 is HET-2;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R6;
HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ;
R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2; R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l -4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to a S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a
-CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R3;
R8 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)allcylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5;
HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is O or l; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof;
It will be understood that when R4 is -C(O)NR5R5, each R5 is independently selected from hydrogen and (l-4C)alkyl, and therefore this definition of R4 includes (but is not limited to) -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONMe2 and -CONMeEt. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one HET-2 ring, they may be the same or different. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one group R4, they may be the same or different. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one group R5, they may be the same or different. It will be understood that where a compound ofthe formula (I) contains more than one group R , they may be the same or different. A similar convention applies for all other groups and substituents on a compound of formula (I) as hereinbefore defined. Compounds of Formula (I) may form salts which are within the ambit ofthe invention. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts are preferred although other salts may be useful in, for example, isolating or purifying compounds. In another aspect, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) as hereinabove defined or to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt. In another aspect, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) as hereinabove defined or to a pro-drug thereof. Suitable examples of pro-drugs of compounds of formula (I) are in- vivo hydrolysable esters of compounds of formula (I). Therefore in another aspect, the invention relates to compounds of formula (I) as hereinabove defined or to an in- vivo hydrolysable ester thereof. In this specification the generic term "alkyl" includes both straight-chain and branched-chain alkyl groups. However references to individual alkyl groups such as "propyl" are specific for the straight chain version only and references to individual branched-chain alkyl groups such as t-butyl are specific for the branched chain version only. For example,
"(l-4C)alkyl" includes methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl and t-butyl. An analogous convention applies to other generic terms. For the avoidance of doubt, reference to the group HET-1 containing a nitrogen in the 2-position, is intended to refer to the 2-position relative to the amide nitrogen atom to which the group is attached. For example, the following structures are encompassed (but not limited to):
Figure imgf000015_0001
Suitable examples of HET-1 as a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring as hereinbefore defined, include thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl and triazolyl. It will be understood that HET-2 can be a saturated, or partially or fully unsaturated ring. Suitable examples of HET-2 include azetidinyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomojrpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4-dioxoimidazolidinyl, 2-oxo-l,3,4-(4- triazolinyl), 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, pyranyl, and 4-pyridonyl. It will be understood that HET-2 may be linked by any appropriate available C or N atom, therefore for example, for HET-2 as "imidazolyl" includes 1- , 2-, 4- and 5- imidazolyl. Suitable examples of HET-3 as a 4-6 membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring are morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl. Suitable examples of HET-3 as a 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring are homopiperazinyl, homo-morpholino, homo-thiomorpholino (and versions thereof wherein the sulfur is oxidised to an SO or S(O)2 group) and homo- piperidinyl. Suitable examples of HET-3 as an 6-10 membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring are bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring such as those illustrated by the structures shown below (wherein the dotted line indicates the point of attachment to the rest of the molecule):
Figure imgf000016_0001
Figure imgf000016_0002
Figure imgf000016_0003
[2,2,2] [4,1 ,0] [4,2,0]
Figure imgf000016_0004
Figure imgf000016_0006
[3,2,0]
Figure imgf000016_0005
Figure imgf000016_0007
[2,1 ,1] [3,1 ,0] [1 ,1 ,1] In particular HET-3 is a [2,2,1] system such as
Figure imgf000016_0008
(7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl). Suitable examples of HET-4 are furyl, pyrrolyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and triazolyl. It will be appreciated that, where definitions of heterocylyl groups HET-1 to HET-4 encompass heteroaryl rings which may be substituted on nitrogen, such substitution may not result in charged quaternary nitrogen atoms. It will be appreciated that the definitions of HET- 1 to HET-4 are not intended to include any O-O, O-S or S-S bonds. It will be appreciated that the definitions of HET-1 to HET-4 are not intended to include unstable structures. Examples of (l-4C)alkyl include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl and tert-butyl; examples of (3-6C)cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; examples of halo include fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; examples of hydrox (1-4C) alkyl include hydroxymethyl, 1 -hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxypropyl, 3-hydroxypropyl, 1 -hydroxyisopropyl and 4-hydroxybutyl; examples of (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl include methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, tert-butoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, methoxypropyl, 2-mefhoxypropyl and methoxybutyl; examples of (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l- 4C)alkyl include methylsulfmylmethyl, ethylsulfinylmethyl, ethylsulfinylethyl, methylsulfinylpropyl, methylsulfmylbutyl, methylsulfonylmethyl, ethylsulfonylmethyl, ethylsulfonylefhyl, methylsulfonylpropyl, methylsulfonylbutyl, methylthiomethyl, ethylthiomethyl, ethylthioethyl, methylthiopropyl, and methylthiobutyl; examples of aminofl- 4C)alkyl include aminomethyl, aminoethyl, 2-aminopropyl, 3-aminopropyl, 1-aminoisopropyl and 4-aminobutyl; examples of (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)aIkyl include (N- methyl)aminomethyl, (N-ethyl)aminomethyl, l-((N-methyl)amino)ethyl, 2-((N- methyl)amino)ethyl, (N-ethyl)aminoethyl, (N-methyl)aminopropyl, and 4-((N- methyl)amino)butyl; examples of di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl include dimethylaminomethyl, ιnethyl(ethyl)aminomethyl, methyl(ethyl)aminoethyl, (N,N- diethyl)aminoethyl, (N,N-dimethyl)aminopropyl and (N,N-dimethyl)aininobutyl; examples of (l-4C)alkylamino include methylamino, ethylamino, propylamino, isopropylamino, butylamino and tert-butylamino; examples of di(l-4C)alkyIamino include dimethylamino, methyl(ethyl)amino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, di-isopropylamino and dibutylamino; examples of — C(O)(l-4C)alkyl include methylcarbonyl, ethylcarbonyl, propylcarbonyl and tert-butyl carbonyl. It is to be understood that, insofar as certain ofthe compounds of Formula (I) defined above may exist in optically active or racemic forms by virtue of one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, the invention includes in its definition any such optically active or racemic form which possesses the property of stimulating GLK directly or inhibiting the GLK GLKRP mteraction. The synthesis of optically active fonns may be carried out by standard techniques of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example by synthesis from optically active starting materials or by resolution of a racemic form. It is also to be understood that certain compounds may exist in tautomeric forms and that the invention also relates to any and all tautomeric forms ofthe compounds ofthe invention which activate GLK. In one embodiment ofthe invention are provided compounds of fonnula (I), in an alternative embodiment are provided pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of compounds of formula (I), in a further alternative embodiment are provided in-vivo hydrolysable esters of compounds of formula (I), and in a further alternative embodiment are provided pharmaceutically-acceptable salts of in-vivo hydrolysable esters of compounds of formula (I). Preferred values of each variable group are as follows. Such values maybe used where appropriate with any ofthe values, definitions, claims, aspects or embodiments defined hereinbefore or hereinafter. In particular, each may be used as an individual limitation on the broadest definition of formula (I). Further, each ofthe following values may be used in combination with one or more ofthe other following values to limit the broadest defintion of formula (I).
(1) R1 is methoxymethyl and the configuration is preferably (S), that is:
Figure imgf000018_0001
2) R2 is -C(O)NR4R5 3) R2 is -S02NR4R5 4) R2 is -S(0)pR4 5) R2 is HET-2 6) m is 1 and R2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage 7) m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 8) m is 1 and n is 0
(9) m is 1, n is 0 and R2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage
(10) m is 1, n is 1, R is in the para position relative to the ether linkage, R is in the ortho position relative to the ether linkage (11) m is 1 , n is 1, R is in the para position relative to the ether linkage, R is in the meta position relative to the ether linkage
(12) n is 0
(13) n is i (14) n is 2
(15) n is 2 and both R3 are halo
(16) n is 2 and each R3 is independently halo or methoxy
(17) m is 1 , n is 2 and R2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage
(18) m is 1 , n is 2, R2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage and each R3 is in an ortho position relative to the ether linkage
(19) m is 1, n is 2, both R3 are halo, R2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage and each R3 is in an ortho position relative to the ether linkage
(20) R3 is fluoromethyl or difluoromethyl
(21) R is halo or trifluoromethyl (22) R3 is halo
(23) R3 is chloro or fluoro
(24) R3 is fluoro
(25) R3 is methoxy
(26) n is 2 and both R3 are fluoro, (27) n is 2, both R3 are fluoro and are in the 3- and 5-positions (meta-positions) relative to the ether linkage
(28) m is 1 , n is 2, R2 is in the para position relative to the ether linkage, both R3 are fluoro and are in the 3- and 5-positions relative to the ether linkage
(29) p is 0 (30) p is l
(31) p is 2
(32) HET-1 is a 5-membered heteroaryl ring
(33) HET-1 is a 6-membered heteroaryl ring
(34) HET-1 is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R6 (35) HET-1 is substituted with 1 substituent selected from R6
(36) HET-1 is unsubstituted (37) HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, and triazolyl
(38) HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl
(39) HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl
(40) HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl and oxazolyl
(41) HET-1 is selected from thiadiazolyl and oxadiazolyl
(42) HET-1 is selected from 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl and 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl (43) HET-1 is selected from 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl and 1,2,4-oxadiazolyl
(44) HET-1 is pyrazolyl
(45) HET-1 is pyridyl or pyrazinyl
(46) HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyridyl;
(47) R6 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l- 4C)alkyl and HET-4
(48) R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, methoxymethyl, aminomef yl, N-methylaminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl
(49) R6 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, (1- 4C)alkylS(0)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, and di(l- 4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl
(50) R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl
(51) R6is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl and methoxymethyl (52) R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro and fluoro
(53) R6 is methyl
(54) R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, hydroxymethyl and methoxymethyl
(55) R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, dimethylaminomethyl, hydroxymethyl and methoxymethyl
(56) R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, isopropyl and methoxymethyl
(57) when 2 substituents Rδ are present, both are selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro and fluoro; preferably both are methyl (58) R6is selected from (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4
(59) R6 is HET-4
(60) HET-4 is selected from furyl, pyrrolyl and thienyl (61) HET-4 is furyl
(62) R4 is hydrogen
(63) R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5] (64) R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 substituent selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5] (65) R4 is (l-4C)alkyl
(66) R4 is (l-4C)alkyl substituted by -OR5
(67) R4 is (l-4C)alkyl substituted by HET-2 (68) R4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl, particularly cyclopropyl
(69) R4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl substituted by a group selected from R7
(70) R4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl substituted by a group selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl
(71) R4 is HET-2
(72) R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, and (l-4C)alkyl substituted with -OR5 (73) HET-2 is unsubstituted
(74) HET-2 is substituted with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy and (1-4C) alkoxy
(75) HET-2 is a fully saturated ring system
(76) HET-2 is a fully unsaturated ring system (77) HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tefrahyc ofϊiranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl (78) HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, thiomorpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl (79) HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2, 3 -triazolyl
(80) HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl
(81) HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl
(82) HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pynolidinyl, 2-pynolidonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl
(83) R5 is hydrogen (84) R5 is (l-4)alkyl, preferably methyl
(85) R5 is hydrogen or methyl
(86) R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, and hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl
(87) R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, and hydroxy(l- 4C)alkyl
(88) R7 is selected from hydroxy, methoxy, -COMe, -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONMe2, and hydroxymethyl
(89) R7 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy and (l-4C)alkoxy
(90) R is selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy and hydroxy (91) R7 is methyl
(92) R8 is selected from methyl, hydroxy, methoxy, -COMe, -CONH2, -CONHMe, -CONMe2, hydroxymethyl, hydroxyethyl, -NHMe and -NMe2(93) R8 is selected from morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl
(94) R8 is selected from methyl, -COMe, -CONH2, hydroxyethyl and hydroxy (95) R8 is methyl
(96) HET-3 is a fully saturated ring
(97) HET-3 is selected from morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl (98) R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a ring as defined by HET-3
(99) HET-3 is selected from pyrrolidinyl and azetidinyl
(100) HET-3 is azetidinyl (101) HET-3 is a 4, 5 or 6-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring as hereinbefore defined
(102) HET-3 is a 7-membered saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring as hereinbefore defined
(103) HET-3 is an 6 to 10-membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclic ring as hereinbefore defined
(104) HET-3 is 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl
(105) HET-3 is selected from morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azetidinyl and 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-yl
(106) HET-3 is selected from piperidinyl, pynolidinyl, azetidinyl and 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept- 7-yl
According to a further feature ofthe invention there is provided the following prefened groups of compounds ofthe invention: In a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
R1 is methoxymethyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1, 2 or 3 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R6;
HET-2 is a 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(0)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7; R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5] and HET-2;
R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4-6 membered heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4; R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8;
R8 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl;
HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound of Formula (I) wherein:
R1 is methoxymethyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1, 2 or 3 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R6;
HET-2 is a 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(0)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7;
R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano; R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5] and HET-2;
R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may fonn a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or
S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom) wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from R ;
R8 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl;
HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occuπence) 0, 1 or 2; is 0 or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein:
R1 is methoxymethyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and
S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quaternised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
R6; HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7; R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5]; R5 is hydrogen or (1 -4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a 4-6 membered heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3; R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)allcylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l- 4C)alkyl and -S(0)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group; wliich ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ;
R8 is selected from -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino,
HET-3 (wherem said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and
-S(O)pR5; HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occ xence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein: R1 is methoxymethyl; R2 is selected from -C(0)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quatemised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R6;
HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R7; R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano; R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(0)NR5R5];
R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3;
R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(0)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4; R7 is selected from -C(0)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l- 4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4 to 6 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(0)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O) group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ; or
HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom), wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from R3; R8 is selected from -C(O)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino,
HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and
-S(O)pR5;
HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linked unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or 3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occurrence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. hi a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or-S02NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect of he invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -S02R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from
R7) and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherem
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or-SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -S02R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, moφholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyπolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (1) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofurai yl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and R7 is selected from -OR5 and (1 -4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3 -triazolyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl,
1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl; R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by -OR5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl
(optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazinyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl
(optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R ) and HET-2; R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from morpholino, furyl, imidazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, pynolidinyl, 2-pyrrolidonyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, and 2-oxoimidazolidinyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5; R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, 2-pyπolidonyl,
2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 2-oxotefrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2- oxoimidazolidinyl, and 2,4-dioxoimidazolidinyl; and
R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5; R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is piperidinyl or piperazinyl; and
R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5; R4 is piperidinyl, optionally substituted with methyl;
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. fri a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazinyl; R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5] and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3-oxopiperazinyl, 2-pynolidonyl,
2,5-dioxopyπolidinyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, and 2,4-dioxoimidazolidinyl; and R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazinyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5] and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is piperidinyl or piperazinyl; and R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. hi a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl; R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by R ; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; and
R8 is selected from hydroxy, (l-4C)alkoxy and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl; R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by R ; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; and
R8 is pyrrolidine or piperidine; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or -SO2NR4R5;
R is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to whichi they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pynolidinyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by (l-4C)alkyl; and
Rδ is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. hi a further aspect ofthe mvention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET- 1 is selected from pyridyl and pyridazirryl;
R2 is -CONR4R5 or-SO2NR4R5;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to whichi they are attached form a morpholino, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pynolidmyl or azetidinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by (l-4C)alkyl; and
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylammomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5; R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to whichi they are attached form a piperidinyl, or piperazinyl ring, which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by (1-
4C)alkyl or by a pyrrolidinyl ring; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5; R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form an azetidinyl ring which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon atom by hydroxy;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, Kf- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl; R2 is -CONR4R5;
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 7-membered ring HET-
3 which ring is optionally substituted on a carbon or nitrogen atom by methyl;
R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. hi a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
R2 is -CONR4R5;
R4 and R5 together with the nitrogen to which they are attached form a 6-10 membered bicyclic heterocyclic ring HET-3; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, hydroxymethyl, aminomethyl, N- methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. hi a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from
R7) and -C(O)NR5R5]; R5is hydrogen or methyl;
HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring; R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. h a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe fonnula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pynolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2; R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl
(optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl,
1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 is (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl and -C(O)NR5R5];
R5is hydrogen or methyl;
R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherem R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl, [optionally substituted by -OR5], (3-6C)cycloa,lkyl
(optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2;
R5is hydrogen or methyl; R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl,
1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2; R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl;
R is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R4 is (l-4C)alkyl; R6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe fonnula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl and pyrazolyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R4 is (3-6C)cycloalkyl; R6 is methyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is -S(O)pR4; p is 1 or 2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl; R4 is (l-4C)alkyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered heteroaryl ring; R2 is HET-2;
R is halo or tnfluoromethyl;
R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl;
HET-2 is a 5- or 6- membered heterocyclyl ring as hereinbefore defined, containing 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. hi a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe fonnula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is HET-2; R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl; R2 is HET-2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R5 is hydrogen or methyl; HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl,
1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a fiirther aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is HET-2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pynolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopynolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is O or 1; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is HET-2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R5 is hydrogen or methyl;
HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
R7 is selected from -OR5 and (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a fiirther aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (1) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1; HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is HET-2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyπolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopynolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and
R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. h a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl and oxadiazolyl;
R2 is HET-2; R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pynolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. fri a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe fonnula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1 ; HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is HET-2;
R is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl; HET-2 is selected from azetidinyl, morpholino, morpholinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, 3- oxopiperazinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pynolidinyl, pyrrolidonyl, 2,5-dioxopyrrolidinyl, 1,1- dioxotetrahydrothienyl, 2-oxazolidinonyl, 2-oxotetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, tetrahydropyranyl, 1,1-dioxothiomorpholino, 1,3-dioxolanyl, 2-oxoimidazolidinyl, 2,4- dioxoimidazolidinyl, pyranyl and 4-pyridonyl; and R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 1 and n is 0 or 1;
HET-1 is selected from pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl and pyrimidinyl;
R2 is HET-2;
R3 is halo or trifluoromethyl;
R6 is selected from methyl, ethyl, bromo, chloro, fluoro, aminomethyl, N-methylaminomethyl, and dimethylaminomethyl;
HET-2 is selected from furyl, thienyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, pyrimidinyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl,
1,2,4-triazolyl and 1,2,3-triazolyl; and
R7 is (l-4C)alkyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 0 or 1 and n is 0, 1 or 2;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, N-methylpyrazol-3-yl, N-ethylpyrazol-3yl, 5- methylpyrazol-3-yl, 4-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl, 4-methyl-l,3,5-thiadiazol-2-yl, 4-hydroxymethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methoxymethylthiazol-2-yl and 5-bromopyridin-2-yl;
R3 is selected from chloro, fluoro and trifluoromethyl;
R2 is selected from azetidinylcarbonyl, methoxyethylaminocarbonyl, imidazolylmethylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperidin-4-ylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperazin-
4-ylcarbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, pynolidinylcarbonyl, 7- azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-ylcarbonyl, dimethylaminosulfonyl, moφholinosulfonyl, isopropylaminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, N-methylpiperazin-4-ylsulfonyl, methoxyethylaminosulfonyl, cyano, ethylsulfonyl, methylsulfonyl, methylthio, methylsulfmyl, isopropylthio and isopropylsulfonyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In a further aspect ofthe invention is provided a compound ofthe formula (I) as hereinbefore defined wherein
R1 is methoxymethyl; m is 0 or 1 and n is 0, 1 or 2;
HET-1 is selected from thiazolyl, pyrazolyl, N-methylpyrazol-3-yl, N-ethylpyrazol-3yl, 5- methylpyrazol-3-yl, 4-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methylthiazol-2-yl, 5-methyl-l,3,4-thiadiazol-2- yl, 4-methyl-l,3,5-thiadiazol-2-yl, 4-hydroxymethylthiazol-2-yl, 4-methoxyιnethylthiazol-2-yl and 5-bromopyridin-2-yl;
R3 is selected from chloro, fluoro, methoxy and trifluoromethyl;
R2 is selected from azetidinylcarbonyl, methoxyethylaminocarbonyl, imidazolylmethylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperidin-4-ylaminocarbonyl, N-methylpiperazin-
4-ylcarbonyl, dimethylaminocarbonyl, morpholinocarbonyl, pyrrolidinylcarbonyl, 7- azabicyclo[2.2. l]hept-7-ylcarbonyl, dimethylaminosulfonyl, moφholinosulfonyl, isopropylaminosulfonyl, aminosulfonyl, N-methylpiperazin-4-ylsulfonyl, methoxyethylaminosulfonyl, cyano, ethylsulfonyl, methylsulfonyl, methylthio, methylsulfmyl, isopropylthio and isopropylsulfonyl; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. Further prefened compounds ofthe invention are each ofthe Examples, each of which provides a further independent aspect ofthe invention, hi further aspects, the present invention also comprises any two or more compounds ofthe Examples. In one aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 3-(4-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-
N- 1 ,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-(4-{[(lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol- 2-ylbenzamide;
3-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy]-5- {4-[(4-methylpiperazin-l -yl)carbonyl]phenoxy} -N-
1 ,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-(3-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-
N- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-ylbenzamide; 3-(3-{[(lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-N- 1 ,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{4-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)carbonyl]phenoxy}-N-
(1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(moφholin-4- ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-
1 H-pyrazol-3 -yDbenzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(pyrrolidin-l- ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]benzamide; 3-[4-(7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heρt-7-ylcarbonyl)ρhenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-{2-chloro-4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-
N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[(2-chloro-4-{[(l-methylethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)oxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-{[2-chloro-4-({[2-(methyloxy)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]oxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-( {2-chloro-4-[(4-methylpiρerazin-l -yl)sulfonyl]phenyl} oxy)-5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l - methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3- {4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy} -5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l - methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-({4-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)sulfonyl]phenyl}oxy)-
N-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3- {4-[((l -methylethyl)amino)sulfonyl]phenoxy} -5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-
(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-(4-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N- (1 -methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-(4-cyanophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)benzamide;
3 - { [4-(aminocarbonyl)phenyl] oxy} -5-[( 1 S)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l -methyl- 1 H- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-[4-(ethylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-{[3-
(methylthio)phenyl]oxy}benzamide;
3-({4-[(l-methylethyl)thio]phenyl}oxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[3-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[3-
(methylsulfmyl)phenoxy]benzamide; 3-({4-[(l-methylethyl)sulfonyl]phenyl}oxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-(4-methyl-l,3- thiazol-2-yl)benzamide; 3 - [( 1 S )-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -5 - [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy] -N-(5 -methyl- 1,3- thiazol-2-yl)benzamide;
3 - [( 1 )-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -5 - [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy] -N-(5 -methyl- 1,3,4- thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide; 3 - [( 1 S )-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -5- [4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy] -N-(3 -methyl- 1 ,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide;
N-(l-ethyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)benzamide;
N-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]benzamide;
3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-N-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-[4-(methoxymethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-5-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(3-methyl- l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide ;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-(4-{[(l-methylpiperidin-4- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-N-(3-methyl-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide; and
3-{4-[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yDbenzamide; and/or is selected from
3 - {4-[ (dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy } - 5 - [(1 S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy]-N- 1 H- pyrazo 1-3 -ylb enzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH-pyrazol-3- ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(ethylsulfonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH-pyrazol-3- ylbenzamide; 3-[2-fluoro-4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH-pyrazol-
3-ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(ethylsulfonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH- pyrazol-3-ylbenzamide;
3-{4-[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(3-methyl-
1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide; 2-nιethoxy-4-(3 -[( 1 S)-2 -methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -5- { [( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 - yl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-N-methylbenzamide;
2-methoxy-4-(3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-{[(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-N,N-dimethylbenzamide;
3-fluoro-4-{3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-[(lH-pyrazol-3- ylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy} -N,N-dimethylbenzamide;
3- {4-[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; and
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(l,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)phenoxy]benzamide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In another aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of:
3-(4-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-
N- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-ylbenzamide; 3-(4-{[(lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-(3 - { [(2-methoxyethyl)amino] carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[( 1 S)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -
N- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-ylbenzamide; 3-(3-{[(lH-imidazol-2-ylmethyl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N- 1 ,3 -thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-{[2-chloro-4-({[2-(methyloxy)ethyl]amino}sulfonyl)phenyl]oxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-(4-{[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N- (1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-(4-{[(l-methylpiperidin-4- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-N-(3-methyl-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In another aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-
2-ylbenzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{4-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)carbonyl]phenoxy}-N-
1 ,3 -thiazol-2-ylbenzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{4-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)carbonyl]phenoxy}-N- (1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(moφholin-4- ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(pyιτolidin-l- ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[4-(7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]hept-7-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-( {2-chloro-4-[(4-methylpiperazin- 1 -yl)sulfonyl]phenyl} oxy)-5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l - methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-({4-[(4-methylpiperazin-l-yl)sulfonyl]phenyl}oxy)-
N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(3-methyl-
1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l - methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy] -5-[( 1 S)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -N-( 1 - methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy]-5 -[(1 S)-2-methoxy-(l - methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3 - [4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)phenoxy] -5 - [( 1 S)-2-me fhoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -N- 1 H-pyrazol-3 - ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5- methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5- methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(l S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -N-1 H- pyrazol-3-ylbenz amide;
3 - [4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)phenoxy] -5 - [( 1 S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -N-(5-methyl- 1 H- pyrazol-3-yl)benz amide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In another aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of:
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-
2-ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(pyrrolidin-l- ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]benz amide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(3-methyl-
1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3 - [4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy] -5 - [( 1 S)-2-methoxy-( 1 - methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH-pyrazol-3- ylbenzamide; 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5- methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(5- methyl-lH-ρyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH- pyrazol-3-ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(azetidin- 1 -ylcarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(l S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -N-(5 -methyl- 1H- pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In another aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 2-methoxy-4-(3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-{[(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino] carbonyl} phenoxy)-N-methylbenzamide;
2-methoxy-4-(3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-{[(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)-N,N-dimethylbenzamide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In another aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprises
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(l,2,4-oxadiazol-3- yl)phenoxy]benzamide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. In another aspect, particular compounds ofthe invention comprise any one or more of: 3-{2-chloro-4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-metlιylethyl)oxy]-
N-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-[(2-chloro-4-{[(l-methylethyl)amino]sulfonyl}phenyl)oxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-{4-[(dimethylamino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-{4-[((l-methylethyl)amino)sulfonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-
(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3-(4-cyanophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)benzamide; 3-{[4-(aminocarbonyl)phenyl]oxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; 3 - [4-(ethylsulfonyl)phenoxy] -5 - [ ( 1 S)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -N- 1 ,3 - thiazol-2- ylbenzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-{[3- (methylthio)phenyl] oxy} benzamide; 3-( {4-[(l -methylethyl)thio]phenyl} oxy)-5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[3- (methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[3- (methylsulfinyl)phenoxy]benzamide; 3-({4-[(l-methylethyl)sulfonyl]phenyl}oxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l- methyl- 1 H-pyrazol-3 -yDbenzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-(4-methyl-l,3- thiazol-2-yl)benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-(5-methyl-l,3- thiazol-2-yl)benzamide; 3-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-(5-methyl-l ,3,4- thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]-N-(3-methyl-l,2,4- thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide; N-(l-ethyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4- (methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide; 3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- , yl)benzamide; N-(5-bromopyridin-2-yl)-3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]benzamide;
3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-N-[4-(hydroxymethyl)-l,3rthiazol-2-yl]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]benzamide; 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-[4-(methoxymethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-5-[4-
(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide;
3-{4-[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(3-methyl- 1 ,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide;
3- {4-[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy} -5-[(l S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l - methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide;
3-{4-[(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH- pyrazol-3-ylbenzamide; 3-fluoro-4-{3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-[(lH-pyrazol-3- ylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}-N,N-dimethylbenzamide;
3 - {4- [(dimethylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy} -5 - [( 1 S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -N-(5 -methyl-
1 H-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide;
3-[4-(Ethylsulfonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-lH-pyrazol-3- ylbenzamide;
3 - [2-fluoro-4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy] -5 - [( 1 S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy] -N- 1 H-pyrazol-
3-ylbenzamide;
3-[4-(ethylsulfonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
The compounds of the invention may be administered in the form of a pro-drug. A pro-drug is a bioprecursor or pharmaceutically acceptable compound being degradable in the body to produce a compound ofthe invention (such as an ester or amide of a compound ofthe invention, particularly an in-vivo hydrolysable ester). Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see: a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and-Methods in Enzymology, Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985); b) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen; c) H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 "Design and Application of Prodrugs", by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991); d) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8, 1-38 (1992); e) H. Bundgaard, et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77, 285 (1988); and f) N. Kakeya, et al, Chem Pharm Bull, 32, 692 (1984).
The contents ofthe above cited documents are incoφorated herein by reference. Examples of pro-drugs are as follows. An in-vivo hydrolysable ester of a compound ofthe invention containing a carboxy or a hydroxy group is, for example, a pharmaceutically- acceptable ester which is hydro lysed in the human or animal body to produce the parent acid or alcohol. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable esters for carboxy include C\ to C6alkoxymethyl esters for example methoxymethyl, Ci to C 6alkanoyloxymethyl esters for example pivaloyloxymethyl, phthalidyl esters, C3 to CscycloalkoxycarbonyloxyCi to C6alkyl esters for example 1-cyclohexylcarbonyloxyethyl; l,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl esters, for example 5-methyl- l,3-dioxolen-2-onylmethyl; and C1-6alkoxycarbonyloxyethyl esters. An in-vivo hydrolysable ester of a compound ofthe mvention containing a hydroxy group includes inorganic esters such as phosphate esters (including phosphoramidic cyclic esters) and α-acyloxyalkyl ethers and related compounds which as a result ofthe in-vivo hydrolysis ofthe ester breakdown to give the parent hydroxy group/s. Examples of α-acyloxyalkyl ethers include acetoxymethoxy and 2,2-dimethylpropionyloxy-methoxy. A selection of in-vivo hydrolysable ester forming groups for hydroxy include alkanoyl, benzoyl, phenylacetyl and substituted benzoyl and phenylacetyl, alkoxycarbonyl (to give alkyl carbonate esters), dialkylcarbamoyl and N-(dialkylaminoethyl)-N-alkylcarbamoyl (to give carbamates), dialkylaminoacetyl and carboxyacetyl. A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of a compound ofthe invention is, for example, an acid-addition salt of a compound ofthe invention which is sufficiently basic, for example, an acid-addition salt with, for example, an inorganic or organic acid, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, sulphuric, phosphoric, trifluoroacetic, citric or maleic acid. In addition a suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt of a benzoxazinone derivative ofthe mvention which is sufficiently acidic is an alkali metal salt, for example a sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, for example a calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium salt or a salt with an organic base which affords a physiologically-acceptable cation, for example a salt with methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, piperidine, moφholine or tris-(2-hydroxyethyl)amine. A further feature ofthe invention is a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of Formula (I) as defined above, or a salt, solvate or prodrug thereof, together with a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier. According to another aspect ofthe invention there is provided a compound of Formula (I) as defined above for use as a medicament. Further according to the invention there is provided a compound of Formula (I) for use in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a disease mediated tlirough GLK, in particular type 2 diabetes. The compound is suitably formulated as a phannaceutical composition for use in this way. According to another aspect of he present invention there is provided a method of treating GLK mediated diseases, especially diabetes, by administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment. Specific diseases which may be treated by a compound or composition ofthe invention include: blood glucose lowering in type 2 Diabetes Mellitus without a serious risk of hypoglycaemia (and potential to treat type 1), dyslipidemia, obesity, insulin resistance, metabolic syndrome X, impaired glucose tolerance. As discussed above, thus the GLK/GLKRP system can be described as a potential "Diabesity" target (of benefit in both Diabetes and Obesity). Thus, according to another aspect ofthe invention there if provided the use of a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for use in the combined treatment or prevention of diabetes and obesity. According to another aspect ofthe invention there if provided the use of a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, in the preparation of a medicament for use in the treatment or prevention of obesity. According to a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a method for the combined treatment of obesity and diabetes by administering an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment. According to a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a method for the treatment of obesity by administering an effective amount of a compound of Fonnula (1) or salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment. The compositions ofthe invention maybe in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions), for administration by inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, intramuscular or intramuscular dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing). Dosage forms suitable for oral use are prefened. The compositions ofthe invention maybe obtained by conventional procedures using conventional pharmaceutical excipients, well known in the art. Thus, compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more colouring, sweetening, flavouring and/or preservative agents. Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients for a tablet formulation include, for example, inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate, granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid; binding agents such as starch; lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc; preservative agents such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and anti-oxidants, such as ascorbic acid. Tablet formulations may be uncoated or coated either to modify their disintegration and the subsequent absoφtion ofthe active ingredient within the gastrointestinal tract, or to improve their stability and/or appearance, in either case, using conventional coating agents and procedures well known in the art. Compositions for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Aqueous suspensions generally contain the active ingredient in finely powdered form together with one or more suspending agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulose, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pynolidone, gum fragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents such as lecithin or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (for example polyoxethylene stearate), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more preservatives (such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, anti- oxidants (such as ascorbic acid), colouring agents, flavouring agents, and/or sweetening agents (such as sucrose, saccharine or aspartame). Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredient in a vegetable oil (such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil) or in a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin). The oily suspensions may also contain a thickening agent such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set out above, and flavouring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water generally contain the active ingredient together with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Additional excipients such as sweetening, flavouring and colouring agents, may also be present. The pharmaceutical compositions ofthe invention may also be in the form of oil-in- water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, such as for example liquid paraffin or a mixture of any of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be, for example, naturally-occuπing gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soya bean, lecithin, an esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (for example sorbitan monooleate) and condensation products ofthe said partial esters with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavouring and preservative agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents such as glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose, and may also contain a demulcent, preservative, flavouring and/or colouring agent. The pharmaceutical compositions may also be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension, which may be formulated according to known procedures using one or more ofthe appropriate dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents, which have been mentioned above. A sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Compositions for administration by inhalation may be in the form of a conventional pressurised aerosol arranged to dispense the active ingredient either as an aerosol containing finely divided solid or liquid droplets. Conventional aerosol propellants such as volatile fluorinated hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons may be used and the aerosol device is conveniently ananged to dispense a metered quantity of active ingredient. For further infonnation on formulation the reader is refened to Chapter 25.2 in Volume
5 of Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry (Corwin Hansch; Chairman of Editorial Board), Pergamon Press 1990. The amount of active ingredient that is combined with one or more excipients to produce a single dosage form will necessarily vary depending upon the host treated and the particular route of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will generally contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 2 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight ofthe total composition. Dosage unit fonns will generally contain about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient. For further information on Routes of Administration and Dosage Regimes the reader is refened to Chapter 25.3 in Volume 5 of Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry (Corwin Hansch; Chairman of Editorial Board), Pergamon Press 1990. The size ofthe dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a compound ofthe Formula (I) will naturally vary according to the nature and severity ofthe conditions, the age and sex ofthe animal or patient and the route of administration, according to well known principles of medicine. In using a compound ofthe Formula (I) for therapeutic or prophylactic puφoses it will generally be administered so that a daily dose in the range, for example, 0.5 mg to 75 mg per kg body weight is received, given if required in divided doses. In general lower doses will be administered when a parenteral route is employed. Thus, for example, for intravenous administration, a dose in the range, for example, 0.5 mg to 30 mg per kg body weight will generally be used. Similarly, for administration by inhalation, a dose in the range, for example, 0.5 mg to 25 mg per kg body weight will be used. Oral administration is however prefened. The elevation of GLK activity described herein may be applied as a sole therapy or in combination with one or more other substances and/or treatments for the indication being treated. Such conjoint treatment may be achieved by way ofthe simultaneous, sequential or separate administration of the individual components of the treatment. Simultaneous treatment may be in a single tablet or in separate tablets. For example in the treatment of diabetes mellitus, chemotherapy may include the following main categories of treatment: 1) Insulin and insulin analogues; 2) Insulin secretagogues including sulphonylureas (for example glibenclamide, glipizide), prandial glucose regulators (for example repaglinide, nateglinide) ; 3) Agents that improve incretin action (for example dipeptidyl peptidase IV inhibitors, and GLP-1 agonists); 4) Insulin sensitising agents including PPARgamma agonists (for example pioglitazone and rosiglitazone), and agents with combined PPARalpha and gamma activity; 5) Agents that modulate hepatic glucose balance (for example metformin, fructose 1, 6 bisphosphatase inhibitors, glycogen phopsphorylase inhibitors, glycogen synthase kinase inhibitors); 6) Agents designed to reduce the absoφtion of glucose from the intestine (for example acarbose); 7) Agents that prevent the reabsoφtion of glucose by the kidney (SGLT inhibitors); 8) Agents designed to treat the complications of prolonged hyperglycaemia (for example aldose reductase inhibitors); 9) Anti-obesity agents (for example sibutramine and orlistat); 10) Anti- dyslipidaemia agents such as, HMG-CoA reductase inhibitors (eg statins); PPARα agonists (fibrates, eg gemfibrozil); bile acid sequestrants (cholestyrarnine); cholesterol absoφtion inhibitors (plant stanols, synthetic inhibitors); bile acid absoφtion inhibitors (IJBATi) and nicotinic acid and analogues (niacin and slow release formulations); 11) Antihypertensive agents such as, β bloc ers (eg atenolol, inderal); ACE inhibitors (eg lisinopril); Calcium antagonists (eg. nifedipine); Angiotensin receptor antagonists (eg candesartan), α antagonists and diuretic agents (eg. furosemide, benzthiazide); 12)Haemostasis modulators such as, antithrombotics, activators of fibrinolysis and antiplatelet agents; thrombin antagonists; factor Xa inhibitors; factor Vila inl ibitors); antiplatelet agents (eg. aspirin, clopidogrel); anticoagulants (heparin and Low molecular weight analogues, hirudin) and warfarin; 13) Agents which antagonise the actions of glucagon; and 14) Anti-inflammatory agents, such as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (eg. aspirin) and steroidal anti-inflammatory agents (eg. cortisone).
According to another aspect ofthe present invention there is provided individual compounds produced as end products in the Examples set out below and salts, solvates and pro-drugs thereof. A compound ofthe invention, or a salt thereof, may be prepared by any process known to be applicable to the preparation of such compounds or structurally related compounds.
Functional groups maybe protected and deprotected using conventional methods. For examples of protecting groups such as amino and carboxylic acid protecting groups (as well as means of formation and eventual deprotection), see T.W. Greene and P.G.M. Wuts,
"Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis", Second Edition, John Wiley & Sons, New Υork,
1991. Processes for the synthesis of compounds of Formula (I) are provided as a further feature ofthe invention. Thus, according to a further aspect ofthe invention there is provided a process for the preparation of a compound of Fonnula (I), which comprises a process a) to d) (wherein the variables are as defined hereinbefore for compounds of Formula (I) unless otherwise defined): (a) reaction of an acid of Formula (ITT) or activated derivative thereof with a compound of Formula (IV),
Figure imgf000065_0001
(HI) (IV); or
(b) reaction of a compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (VI),
Figure imgf000065_0002
(V) (VI) 1 1 wherein X is a leaving group and X is a hydroxyl group or X is a hydroxyl group and X2 is a leaving group; process (b) could also be accomplished using the intermediate ester Formula (VII), wherein P1 is a protecting group as hereinafter described, followed by ester hydrolysis and amide formation by procedures described elsewhere and well known to those skilled in the art;
Figure imgf000065_0003
(V) CVTJ) or
(c) reaction of a compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX)
Figure imgf000066_0001
(vπo (IX) wherein X3 is a leaving group or an organometallic reagent and X4 is a hydroxyl group or X3 is a hydroxyl group and X4 is a leaving group or an organometallic reagent; process (c) could also be accomplished using the intermediate ester Formula (X), followed by ester hydrolysis and amide formation by procedures described elsewhere and well known to those skilled in the art; or
Figure imgf000066_0002
(VUJ) (X)
(d) reaction of a compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XII),
Figure imgf000066_0003
(XI) (XI!); wherein X5 is a leaving group; and thereafter, if necessary: i) converting a compound of Formula (I) into another compound of Formula (I); ii) removing any protecting groups; and/or iii) forming a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof. Suitable leaving groups X1 to X5 for processes b) to d) are any leaving group known in the art for these types of reactions, for example halo, alkoxy, trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy, methanesulfonyloxy, or p-toulenesulfonyloxy; or a group (such as a hydroxy group) that may be converted into a leaving group (such as an oxytriphenylphosphonium group) in situ. Compounds of Formulae (HI) to (XII) are commercially available, or are known in the art, or may be made by processes known in the art as shown, for example, in the accompanying Examples. For further information on processes for making such compounds, we refer to our PCT publications WO 03/000267, WO 03/015774 and WO 03/000262 and references therein. In general it will be appreciated that any aryl-O or alkyl-O bond may be formed by nucleophilic substitution or metal catalysed processes, optionally in the presence of a suitable base. Examples of conversions of a compound of Formula (I) into another compound of
Formula (I), well known to those skilled in the art, include functional group interconversions such as hydrolysis, hydrogenation, hydrogenolysis, oxidation or reduction, and/or further functionalisation by standard reactions such as amide or metal-catalysed coupling, or nucleophilic displacement reactions; Specific reaction conditions for the above reactions are as follows, wherein when P1 is a protecting group P1 is preferably C1-4alkyl, for example methyl or ethyl: Process a) — coupling reactions of amino groups with carboxylic acids to form an amide are well known in the art. For example, (i) using an appropriate coupling reaction, such as a carbodiimide coupling reaction performed with EDAC (l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride) in the presence of dimethylammopyridine (DMAP) in a suitable solvent such as dichloromethane (DCM), chloroform or dimethylformamide (DMF) at room temperature; or (ii) reaction in which the carboxylic group is activated to an acid chloride by reaction with oxalyl chloride in the presence of a suitable solvent such as DCM. The acid chloride can then be reacted with a compound of Formula (IV) in the presence of a base, such as triethylamine or pyridine, in a suitable solvent such as chloroform or DCM at a temperature between 0°C and 80°C.
Process b) - compounds of Formula (V) and (VI) can be reacted together in a suitable solvent, such as DMF or tetrahydrofuran (THF), with a base such as sodium hydride or potassium tert-butoxide, at a temperature in the range 0 to 200°C, optionally using microwave heating or metal catalysis such as palladium(II)acetate, palladium on carbon, copper(IJ)acetate or copper(I)iodide; alternatively, compounds of Formula (V) and (VI) can be reacted together in a suitable solvent, such as THF or DCM, with a suitable phosphine such as triphenylphosphine, and azodicarboxylate such as diethylazodicarboxylate; process b) could also be carried out using a precursor to the ester of fonnula (VJJ) such as an aryl-nitrile or trifluoromethyl derivative, followed by conversion to a carboxylic acid and amide formation as previously described; Process c) - compounds of Formula (VET) and (IX) can be reacted together izri a suitable solvent, such as DMF or THF, with a base such as sodium hydride or potassium tert-butoxide, at a temperature in the range 0 to 200°C, optionally using microwave heating or metal catalysis such as palladium(II)acetate, palladium on carbon, copper(II)acetate= or copper(I)iodide; process c) could also be carried out using a precursor to the ester of formula (X) such as an aryl-nitrile or trifluoromethyl derivative, followed by conversi n to a carboxylic acid and amide formation as previously described;
Process d) - reaction of a compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XU) can be performed in a polar solvent, such as DMF or a non-polar solvent such as THF with a strong base, such as sodium hydride or potassium tert-butoxide at a temperature between 0 and 200°C, optionally using microwave heating or metal catalysis, such as palladium(II)acetate, palladium on carbon, copper(IJ)acetate or copper(I)iodide. Certain intermediates of fonnula (IE), (VI), (VH), (IX) and/or (XI) are believed to be novel and comprise an independent aspect ofthe invention. Certain intermediates of formula (IJJ), (IX) and/or (XI) wherein R1 is rrj ethoxymethyl are believed to be novel and comprise an independent aspect ofthe invention. During the preparation process, it may be advantageous to use a protecting group for a functional group within the molecule. Protecting groups may be removed by any convenient method as described in the literature or known to the skilled chemist as appropriate for the removal ofthe protecting group in question, such methods being chosen so as to effect removal ofthe protecting group with minimum disturbance of groups elsewhere in the molecule. Specific examples of protecting groups are given below for the sake of convenience, in which "lower" signifies that the group to which it is applied preferably has 1-4 carbon atoms. It will be understood that these examples are not exhaustive. Wliere specific examples of methods for the removal of protecting groups are given below these are simil arly not exhaustive. The use of protecting groups and methods of deprotection not sp> ecifically mentioned is of course within the scope ofthe invention. A carboxy protecting group maybe the residue of an ester-forming aliphatic or araliphatic alcohol or of an ester-forming silanol (the said alcohol or silanol preferably containing 1-20 carbon atoms). Examples of carboxy protecting groups include straight or branched chain (l-12C)alkyl groups (e.g. isopropyl, t-butyl); lower alkoxy lower alkyl groups (e.g. methoxymethyl, ethoxymethyl, isobutoxymethyl; lower aliphatic acylox;y lower alkyl groups, (e.g. acetoxymefhyl, propionyloxymethyl, butyryloxymethyl, pivaloyloxymethyl); lower alkoxycarbonyloxy lower alkyl groups (e.g. 1-methoxycarbonyloxyethyl, 1-ethoxycarbonyloxyethyl); aryl lower alkyl groups (e.g. p-methoxybenzyl, o-nitrobenzyl, p-nitrobenzyl, benzhydryl and phthalidyl); tri(lower alkyl)silyl groups (e.g. trimethylsilyl and t-butyldimethylsilyl); tri(lower alkyl)silyl lower alkyl groups (e.g. trimethylsilylethyl); and (2-6C)alkenyl groups (e.g. allyl and vinylethyl). Methods particularly appropriate for the removal of carboxyl protecting groups include for example acid-, metal- or enzymically-catalysed hydrolysis. Examples of hydroxy protecting groups include lower alkenyl groups (e.g. allyl); lower alkanoyl groups (e.g. acetyl); lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (e.g. t-butoxycarbonyl); lower alkenyloxycarbonyl groups (e.g. allyloxycarbonyl); aryl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (e.g. benzoyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl); tri lower alkyl/arylsilyl groups (e.g. trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsilyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyl); aryl lower alkyl groups (e.g. benzyl) groups; and triaryl lower alkyl groups (e.g. triphenylmethyl). Examples of amino protecting groups include formyl, aralkyl groups (e.g. benzyl and substituted benzyl, e.g. p-methoxybenzyl, nitrobenzyl and 2,4-dimethoxybenzyl, and triphenylmethyl); di-p-anisylmethyl and furylmethyl groups; lower alkoxycarbonyl (e.g. t-butoxycarbonyl); lower alkenyloxycarbonyl (e.g. allyloxycarbonyl); aryl lower alkoxycarbonyl groups (e.g. benzyloxycarbonyl, p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl; trialkylsilyl (e.g. trimethylsilyl and t-butyldimethylsilyl); alkylidene (e.g. methylidene); benzylidene and substituted benzylidene groups. Methods appropriate for removal of hydroxy and amino protecting groups include, for example, acid-, base, metal- or enzymically-catalysed hydrolysis, or photolytically for groups such as o-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, or with fluoride ions for silyl groups. Examples of protecting groups for amide groups include aralkoxymethyl (e.g. benzyloxymethyl and substituted benzyloxymethyl); alkoxymethyl (e.g. methoxymethyl and trimethylsilylethoxymethyl); tri alkyl/arylsilyl (e.g. trimethylsilyl, t-butyldimethylsily, t- butyldiphenylsilyl); tri alkyl/arylsilyloxymethyl (e.g. t-butyldimethylsilyloxymethyl, t-butyldiphenylsilyloxymethyl); 4-alkoxyphenyl (e.g. 4-methoxyphenyl); 2,4-di(alkoxy)phenyl (e.g. 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl); 4-alkoxybenzyl (e.g. 4-methoxybenzyl); 2,4-di(alkoxy)benzyl (e.g. 2,4-di(methoxy)benzyl); and alk-1-enyl (e.g. allyl, but-1-enyl and substituted vinyl e.g. 2- phenyl vinyl). Aralkoxymethyl, groups may be introduced onto the amide group by reacting the latter group with the appropriate aralkoxymethyl chloride, and removed by catalytic hydrogenation. Alkoxymethyl, tri alkyl/arylsilyl and tri alkyl/silyloxymethyl groups may be introduced by reacting the amide with the appropriate chloride and removing with acid; or in the case ofthe silyl containing groups, fluoride ions. The alkoxyphenyl and alkoxybenzyl groups are conveniently introduced by arylation or alkylation with an appropriate halide and removed by oxidation with eerie ammonium nitrate. Finally alk-1-enyl groups may be introduced by reacting the amide with the appropriate aldehyde and removed with acid. The following examples are for illustration puφoses and are not intended to limit the scope of this application. Each exemplified compound represents a particular and independent aspect ofthe invention, hi the following non-limiting Examples, unless otherwise stated: (i) evaporations were carried out by rotary evaporation in vacuo and work-up procedures were carried out after removal of residual solids such as drying agents by filtration; (ii) operations were carried out at room temperature, that is in the range 18-25°C and under an atmosphere of an inert gas such as argon or nitrogen; (iii) yields are given for illustration only and are not necessarily the maximum attainable; (iv) the structures ofthe end-products ofthe Formula (I) were confirmed by nuclear (generally proton) magnetic resonance (NMR) with a field strength (for proton) of 300 or 400 MHz , and mass spectral techniques; proton magnetic resonance chemical shift values were measured on the delta scale and peak multiplicities are shown as follows: s, singlet; d, doublet; t, triplet; m, multiplet; br, broad; q, quartet, quin, quintet; (v) intermediates were not generally fully characterised and purity was assessed by thin layer chromatography (TLC), high-perfoπnance liquid chromatography (HPLC), infra-red (IR) or NMR analysis; and (vi) Biotage cartridges refer to pre-packed silica cartridges (from 40g up to 400g), eluted using a biotage pump and fraction collector system; Biotage UK Ltd, Hertford, Herts, UK. Abbreviations DCM dichloromethane; DEAD diethylazodicarboxylate; DIAD diisopropylazodicarboxylate; DJREA NN-Diisopropylethylamine; DMSO dimethyl sulphoxide; DMA dimethylacetamide; DMF dimethylformamide; EDAC l-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride;
HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol- 1 -yl)- 1 , 1 ,3 ,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate;
HPLC high pressure liquid chromatography; HPMC Hydroxypropylmethylcellulose; LCMS liquid chromatography / mass spectroscopy; NMR nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy; RT room temperature; THF tetrahydrofuran.
All compound names were derived using ACD NAME computer package.
Example 1 : 3-(4-([(2-MethoxyethyI)amino1carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-(2-(lS -methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxyVN-l,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000071_0001
To a suspension of 4-({3-{[(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-[(l,3-thiazol-2-ylamino) carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoic acid (107 mg), HATU (122 mg) and 2-methoxyethylamine (3Σ mg) in DMF (2 L), was added DIPEA (0.11 mL) and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Water (30 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with ethyl acetate as eluant to give the desired compound (63 mg). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.3 (s, 6H), 3.4-3.5 (m, 6H), 4.7-4.8 (m, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.9 (d, 2H), 8.45 (s, IH); m/z 486 (M+H)+ h a similar manner to that described above, Examples la-lc were also prepared:- (s, (m, 2H),
2H), (d, 2H) 2.2 (s, 6H), (m, 2H),
Figure imgf000072_0001
The required acid for Example 1 was prepared as described below:
4-({3-([(lty)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxy)-5-[(l,3-thiazol-2-ylamino)carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000072_0002
A solution of ethyl 4-({3-{[(1 )-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-[(l,3-thiazol-2- ylamino)carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoate (334 mg) in THF (10 mL) was added to a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (82 mg) in water (5 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours and the THF removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was acidified with 1M hydrochloric acid (1.83 mL), and the solid precipitate filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give the desired compound (268 mg). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.7-4.8 (m, IH), 6.9 (t, IH), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.55 (d, 2H), 7.95 (d, 2H), 12.75 (s, IH); m/z 429 (M+H)+
Ethyl 4-((3-( (:i»Sf)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxyl-5-[(L3-thiazol-2-ylamino carbonyll phenyl} oxyVbenzoate
Figure imgf000073_0001
A solution of 3-hydroxy-5-{[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-N-l,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide (l.Og), 4-ethoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (1.18 g), copper (fl) acetate (1.19g), triethylamine (2.25 mL) and freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (4 g) in DCM (50 mL) was stined at ambient temperature and under ambient atmosphere for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (2 10 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (75 mL) and 1M hydrochloric acid (30 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 30% ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (700 mg).
1H ΝMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3H), 1.4 (t, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.35 (q, 2H), 4.5-4.6 (m, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.2 (d, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, 2H); m/z 457 (M+H)+
3-Hydroxy-5-([(l>S1-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxy}-N-L3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000073_0002
A solution of 3-{[(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]oxy}-N- l,3-thiazol-2-ylbenzamide (6.9 g) and thioanisole (10 mL) in trifluoroacetic acid (65 mL) was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The trifluoroacetic acid was removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (75 mL) and aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (200 mL). The aqueous layer was separated, extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 75 mL), and the combined organic extracts washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 50% ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (4.6 g).
1H ΝMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.5-4.6 (m, IH), 6.65 (s, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.1 (s, IH), 7.25 (d, IH); m/z 309 (M+H)+
3-(r(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvnoχy}-5-(r(2-methv henvnmethylloxy}-N-1.3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000074_0001
To a solution of 3-[(15 -2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5- {[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]oxy} benzoic acid (9.55 g) in DCM (140 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (2.83 mL), followed by DMF (1 drop), and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The DCM and excess oxalyl chloride were removed in vacuo, the residual oil dissolved in DCM (25 mL) and added to a solution of 2-aminothiazole (2.84g) and triethylamine (7.88 mL) in DCM (75 mL) at 0-5°C, and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 4 hours. The DCM and excess triethylamine were removed in vacuo, the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and 1M hydrochloric acid (100 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with 1M hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on alumina with ethyl acetate as eluant to give the desired compound (11.0 g). H ΝMR δ (CDCI3): 1.3 (d, 3H), 2.35 (s,3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.6 (m, IH), 5.0 (s,2H), 6.8 (s, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.4 (d, IH); m/z 413 (M+H)+ 3-[(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[(2-methylphenyl methyl]oxy}benzoic acid
Figure imgf000075_0001
A solution of methyl 3-[{(l,S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[(2-methylphenyl) methyl] oxy}benzoate (10.65g) in THF (200 mL) and methanol (50 mL) was added to a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (6.0g) in water (100 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours and the THF and methanol removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was acidified to pHl with hydrochloric acid, and extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 50 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to give the desired compound (9.55 g). m/z 329 (M-H)"
Methyl 3- {(ljSV2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxyj-5- (r(2-methylphenyl methyl1oxy} benzoate
Figure imgf000075_0002
A stined suspension of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-{[(2-methylphenyl)methyl]oxy}benzoate (15.3 g) and polymer-supported triphenyl phosphine (39.2 g) in dry DCM (900 mL) was cooled in an ice-bath and diisopropyl azodicarboxylate (11.88 mL) was added drop wise. The reaction mixture was stined at 0-5°C for 30 minutes and (R)-l-methoxy-propan-2-ol was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours, filtered through diatomaceous earth and the DCM evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 10%o ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (10.7 g).
1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3H), 2.4 (s,3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 3.9 (s, 3H), 4.55-4.6 (m, IH), 5.0 (s,2H), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.25 (m, 5H), 7.4 (d, IH) Methyl 3-hydroxy-5- {[(2-methylphenyl methyl]oxy}benzoate
Figure imgf000076_0001
To a solution of methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate (50 g, 0.30 mol) in DMF (500 mL) at 0°C was added sodium hydride (10.8 g, 0.27 mol) portionwise, maintaining the reaction temperature below 10°C. The reaction was allowed to waπn to 15°C, and was stined for 20 minutes. The mixture was cooled to 0°C and a solution of 2-methylbenzyl bromide (36 mL, 0.27 mol) in DMF (50 mL) was added over 30 minutes. The reaction was warmed to ambient temperature and concentrated in vacuo, the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 mL) and water (250 mL), the ethyl acetate layer separated, washed sequentially with water and brine, dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to a residue which was cliromatographed on silica eluting with a gradient of 0-100%> ethyl acetate in isohexane to give the desired compoixnd (21.9 g). 1H NMR δ (CDC13) 2.39 (s, 3H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 5.02 (s, 2H), 5.61 (s, IH), 6.69 (t, IH), 7.15- 7.42 (m, 6H)
Example 2: 3-(3-{[(2-Methoxyethyl)amino1carbonyl}phenoxy)-5-[(lSr)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy1- V-l,3-thiazol-2-yIbenzamide
Figure imgf000076_0002
To a suspension of 3-({3-{[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-[(l,3-thiazol-2- ylamino)carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoic acid (107 mg), HATU (122 mg) and 2- methoxyethylamine (38 mg) in DMF (2 mL) was added DIPEA (0.11 mL) and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 1 hour. Water (30 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica, with ethyl acetate as eluant, to give the desired compound (85 mg). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 3.4-3.5 (m, 6H), 4.7-4.8 (m, IH), 6.8 (s, lH),7.2-7.25 (m, 3H), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.7 (d, IH) 8.55 (t, IH), 12.6 (s, IH); m/z 486 (M+H)+
Figure imgf000077_0002
The required acid for Example 2 was prepared as described below:
3-((3-([(l>Sr)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxy}-5-[(1.3-thiazol-2-ylamino)carbonyll phenyl} oxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000077_0001
A solution of ethyl 3-({3-{[(l<S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-[(l,3-thiazol-2-ylamino) carbonyl]phenyl}oxy)benzoate (319 mg) in THF (10 mL) was added to a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (78 mg) in water (5 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours and the THF removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was acidified with IM hydrochloric acid (1.75 mL), the solid precipitate filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give the desired compound (283 mg). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.7-4.8 (m, IH), 6.85 (t, IH), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.35 (dd, IH), 7.55 (m, 4H), 7.75 (d, IH); m/z 429 (M+H)+ Ethyl 3-((3-(r(lS -2-methoxy-(l-methylethvnoχy}-5-r(1.3-thiazol-2- ylamino carbonyl]phenyl}oχy)benzoate
Figure imgf000078_0001
A solution of 3 -hydroxy-5 - { [( 1 <S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy} -N- 1 ,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide (1.0 g), 3-ethoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (1.18 g), copper (II) acetate (1.19 g), triethylamine (2.25 mL) and freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (4g) in DCM (50 mL) was stined at ambient temperature and under ambient atmosphere for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (2 x 10 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo, and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (75 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (30 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgS0 ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica (eluting with 30%o ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give the desired ester (680 mg). 1H ΝMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3H), 1.4 (t, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.35 (q, 2H), 4.5-4.6 (m, IH), 6.8 (t, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 7.1 (d, IH), 7.2 (in, 2H), 7.3 (d, IH), 7.4 (t, IH), 7.7 (d, IH), 7.85 (d, IH), 11.6 (s, IH); m/z 457 (M+H)+
The synthesis of 3-hydroxy-5-{[(l<S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-N-l,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide is described above in Example 1.
Example 3 : 3-r(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy1-5-{4-r(4-methylpiperazin-l- yl)carbonynphenoxy}-iV-(l-methyl-lJH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000078_0002
To a suspension of 4-[(3-{[(l_S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenyl)oxy]benzoic acid (212 mg), ΗATU (400 mg) andN- methylpiperazine (105 mg) in DMF (10 mL), was added DIPEA (0.35 mL) and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 24 hours. Water (30 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica eluting with a gradient of 0-50%> methanol in ethyl acetate to give the desired compound (130 mg). 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.32 (d, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 2.43 (m, 4H), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.54 (m, 2H), 3.6- 3.8 (m, 4H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.59 (m, IH), 6.78 (m, 2H), 7.05 (t, 3H), 7.22 (m, IH), 7.27 (m, IH), 7.42 (d, 2H), 8.30 (br s, IH); m/z 508 (M+H)+
In a similar manner to that described above, Examples 3a-3d were also prepared:-
Figure imgf000079_0001
The required acid for Example 3 was prepared as described below: 4-[(3-r(l»Sf)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxyl)-5-irri-methyl-lH-ρyrazol-3- yl aminolcarbonyl}phenyl)oxy]benzoic acid
Figure imgf000080_0001
A solution of ethyl 4-[(3-[(l<S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy])-5-{[(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenyl)oxy]benzoate (5.45 g) in TΗF (200 mL) was added to a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (2.52 g) in water (100 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 48 hours and the TΗF removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was acidified with IM hydrochloric acid (60 mL), and the solid precipitate filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give the desired acid (5 g). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.22 (d, 3Η), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.45 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.71 ( , IH), 6.51 (m, IH), 6.84 (m, IH), 7.08 (d, 2H), 7.24 (m, IH), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.95 (d, 2H), 10.84 (hr s, IH), 12.80 (br s, IH); m/z 426 (M+H)+
Ethyl 4-[(3-r(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxy]V5-([(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino1carbonyl}phenyl)oxy]benzoate
Figure imgf000080_0002
A solution of 3-hydroxy-5-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)benzamide (10.0 g), 4-ethoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (9.4 g), copper (II) acetate (9 g), triethylamine (23 mL) and freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (36 g) in DCM (500 mL) was stined at ambient temperature and under ambient atmosphere for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with DCM (2 x 50 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (500 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (200 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica eluting with a gradient of 50-100%> ethyl acetate in isohexane to give the desired compound (5.47 g). 1H NMR δ (CDCI3): 1.3 (m, 3H), 1.41 (t, 3H), 3.39 (s, 3H), 3.49 (m, IH), 3.58 (m, IH), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.38 (q, 2H), 4.58 (m, IH), 6.79 (m, 2H), 7.01-7.1 (m, 3H), 7.26 (m, 2H), 8.01 ( , 2H), 8.61 (br s, IH); m/z 454 (M+H)+
3-Hydroxy-5-[(lty)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000081_0001
To a solution of 3-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- [(phenylmethyl)oxy]benzamide (7.07 g) in TΗF (50 mL) and methanol (50 mL) was added 10% palladium on carbon (727 mg) as a slurry in TΗF (1 mL) and methanol (1 mL). The mixture was placed under vacuum and stined under an atmosphere of hydrogen for 70 hours. The mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, and the diatomaceous earth washed with methanol (2 x 100 mL), followed by evaporation in vacuo. The residues were dissolved in ethyl acetate (10 mL), treated with isohexane (40 mL), the solid filtered off and washed with isohexane (50 mL) to afford the desired compound (5.17 g) which was used without further purification.
1H ΝMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.22 (d, 3Η), 3.28 (s, 3H, obscured by water), 3.38-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 4.65 (m, IH), 6.44 (m, IH), 6.54 (m, IH), 6.93 (s, IH), 7.04 (s, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 9.63 (br s, IH), 10.60 (s, IH); m/z 306 (M+H)+, 304 (M-HV
3-r(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxyl-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5- [(phenylmethyl oxy]benzamide
Figure imgf000081_0002
A solution of 3-[(l»S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoic acid (8.73 g) in DCM (150 L) was cooled to 0°C. Oxalyl chloride (4.81 mL) and DMF (0.15 mL) were slowly added with stirring. The mixture was allowed to warm to ambient temperature and stined for 16 hours, following which the organics were removed in vacuo, and the residues azeotroped with toluene (75 mL). The crude material was dissolved in DCM (75 mL) and slowly added to a stined suspension of 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -amine (3.35 g) and DIPEA (14.4 mL) in DCM (75 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 18 hours, before the organics were evaporated in vacuo and the residue dissolved in ethyl acetate (150 mL). The organics were washed with IM aqueous hydrochloric acid (100 mL) and brine (50 mL), and dried (MgSO4), before evaporation in vacuo to give crude material. This was chromatographed on a 200g Biotage Flash 75 SiO2 column (eluting with 30 to 90%> ethyl acetate in isohexane), and evaporated in vacuo to afford the desired compound (7.07 g). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.23 (d, 3Η), 3.28 (s, 3H, obscured by water), 3.40-3.52 (m, 2H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 4.70 (m, IH), 5.03 (s, 2H), 6.56 (m, IH), 6.71 (m, IH), 7.18 (s, IH), 7.24 (s, IH), 7.32-7.47 (br m, 5H), 7.58 (m, IH), 10.73 (s, IH); m/z 396 (M+H)+.
3 - r 1 iy)-2-Methoxy-( 1 -me thylethvDoxy] -5 - { [phenylmethyl] oxy} benzoic acid
Figure imgf000082_0001
A solution of methyl 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy} benzoate (77.4 mmol) in a mixture of THF (232 mL) and methanol (232 mL) was treated with a solution of 2M sodium hydroxide (232 mmol), and the reaction mixture stined for 4 hours at ambient temperature. The resulting solution was diluted with water (250 mL) and most ofthe organic solvent removed in vacuo. The resulting suspension was washed with diethyl ether (3 x 200 mL) and the organic washings discarded. The resulting aqueous solution was acidified to pH4 with 2M hydrochloric acid solution and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 200 mL).
The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to give the desired compound (99% yield).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.20 (d, 3H), 3.46 (m, 2H), 4.64 (m, IH), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.83 (app t,
IH), 7.06 (s, IH), 7.13 (s, IH), 7.30-7.49 (m, 5H), 12.67 (br s, IH)
Methyl 3-[(l>Sl)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl oxy1-5- {rphenylmethyl]oxy}benzoate
Figure imgf000082_0002
To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoate (77.4 mmol) in THF was added polymer-supported triphenylphosphine (51.7g of 3 mmol/g loading, 155 mmol) and (R)-(-)-l-methoxy-2-propanol (102 mmol). The stined solution was blanketed with argon and cooled in an ice bath. A solution of DIAD (116 mmol) was added dropwise by syringe over 10 minutes. The solution was stined for 20 minutes and filtered, washing the residue with THF (500 mL). The filtrate and washings were combined, and evaporated to give the desired compound which was used without further purification.
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.63 (m, IH), 5.14 (s, 2H), 6.85 (s, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 7.30-7.47 (m, 5H) The 1H NMR spectrum also contained signals consistent with a small amount of bis(l- me.hylethyl)hydrazine- 1 ,2-dicarboxylate.
Methyl 3-hvdroxy-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoate
Figure imgf000083_0001
To a stined solution of methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate (5.95 mol) in DMF (6 L) was added potassium carbonate (9 mol), and the suspension stined at ambient temperature under argon. To this was added benzyl bromide (8.42 mol) slowly over 1 hour, with a slight exotherm, and the reaction mixture stirred overnight at ambient temperature. The reaction was quenched cautiously with ammonium chloride solution (5 L) followed by water (35 L). The aqueous suspension was extracted with DCM (1 x 3 L and 2 x 5 L). The combined extracts were washed with water (10 L) and dried overnight (MgSO4). The solution was evaporated in vacuo, and the crude product chromatographed in 3 batches (flash column, 3 x 2 kg silica, eluting with a gradient consisting of hexane containing 10%> DCM, to neat DCM, to DCM containing 50%o ethyl acetate) to eliminate starting material. The crude eluant was further chromatographed in 175 g batches (Amicon HPLC, 5 kg normal-phase silica, eluting with isohexane containing 20% v/v of ethyl acetate) to give the desired compound (21%> yield). !H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 3.8 (s, 3H), 5.1 (s, 2H), 6.65 (m, IH), 7.0 (m, IH), 7.05 (in, IH), 7.3- 7.5 (m, 5H), 9.85 (br s, IH) Example 4: General Procedure for Preparation of Halogenated Sulphonamides To a solution ofthe appropriate amine (1.8 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), was added the sulphonyl chloride (0.72 mmol) in DCM (2 mL), and the resulting mixture stined for 18 hours. The mixture was treated with IM aqueous hydrochloric acid (4 mL) and the organics separated. Evaporation in vacuo gave the crude fluorosulphonamide wliich was used without further purification. To a solution ofthe crude fluorosulphonamide (7.2 mmol) in acetonitrile (3 mL), was added 3-hydroxy-5-[(liS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide (0.36 mmol) and potassium carbonate (1 .8 mmol). The mixture was heated to 170°C in a 'Smith Creator Microwave' for 100 minutes, before being filtered and the resultant organics evaporated in vacuo. The residues were then chromatographed on a Redisep (12g, Si0 ) cartridge using an Isco Optix chromatography system, eluting with 30 to 100%. ethyl acetate in isohexane, and evaporated in vacuo to afford the desired compound. Examples 4a-4d were synthesised using the generic preparation described above:-
Figure imgf000084_0001
4c 553, 555 'H MR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.23 (d, 3H), 2.96 (m, (M+-H)+ 2H), 3.09 (m, 2H), 3.14 (s, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H, 551, 553 obscured by water), 3.48 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, (M-H)' 3H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.53 (m, IH), 7.89 (m,
Figure imgf000085_0001
IH), 7.17-7.24 (m, 2H), 7.46 (m, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.73 (dd, IH), 7.82 (m, IH), 7.96 (m, IH), 10.84 (s, IH) 4d$ 578, 580 *H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.24 (d, 3H), 2.13 (s, (M+H)+ 3H), 2.35 (t, 4H), 2.94 (m, 4H), 3.28 (s, 3H, obscured by water), 3.42-3.53 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.76 (m, IH), 6.54 (m, IH), 6.93 (m,
Figure imgf000085_0002
IH), 7.21 (d, IH), 7.28 (s, IH), 7.49 (s, IH), 7.58 (m, IH), 7.69 (dd, IH), 7.90 (m, IH), 10.84 (s, IH) The requisite sulphonamide for this example was prepared using a 1:1 ratio of amine : sulphonyl chloride, and isolated by treatment with IM aqueous sodium hydroxide
The synthesis of 3-hydroxy-5-[(l»S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol- 3-yl)benzamide is described in Example 3 above.
Example 5: General Procedure for Preparation of Sulphonamides
A solution ofthe requisite chlorosulphonamide from Example 4 above (0.12 mmol) in TΗF (5 mL) and methanol (5 mL) was treated with 10%o palladium on carbon (6 mg) and triethylamine (0.1 mL), The flask was put under vacuum, and stined under an atmosphere of hydrogen gas. The resulting mixture was stined at ambient temperature until starting material was consumed, before being filtered through diatomaceous earth and washed with methanol. Evaporation ofthe organics in vacuo, and azeotroping with diethyl ether (3 x 5 mL), followed by drying in vacuo, afforded the desired compound.
Examples 5a-5d were synthesised using the generic procedure described above:-
Figure imgf000086_0002
Example 6: 3-(4-Cyanophenoxy)-5-f(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methyIethyl oxy1-N-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazoI-3-yllbenzamide
Figure imgf000086_0001
To a stined solution of 3-hydroxy-5-[(15')-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide (0.164 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added a IM solution of sodium hexamethyldisilazide in TΗF (0.164 mmol). The reaction was stined at room temperature for 10 minutes before adding 4-fluorobenzonitrile (0.164 mmol) The reaction was stined overnight at room temperature, then heated to 60°C and stined for a further 4 hours. The reaction was allowed to cool to room temperature, and treated with a further 0.2 equivalents of 4-fluorobenzoiiitrile and sodium hexamethyldisilazide, heated to 70°C and stined at this temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, and treated with a further 0.2 equivalents of sodium hexamethyldisilazide, warmed to 70°C, and stined at this temperature overnight. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The water layer was separated and re-extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to a residue which was cliromatographed on silica, using 0-1% methanol in DCM as the eluent, to give the desired product (60% yield).
1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.35 (d, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.55 (m, 2H), 3.78 (s, 3H), 4.60 (m, IH), 6.80 (m, 2H), 7.10 (m, 3H), 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.62 (d, 2H), 8.55 (br s, IH); m/z 407 (M+H)+, 405 (M- H)-
The synthesis of 3-hydroxy-5-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol- 3-yl)benzamide is described in Example 3 above.
Example 7; 3-{f4-(AminocarbonyI)phenylloxy}-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy1- N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000087_0001
A suspension of 3-(4-cyanophenoxy)-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide (0.25 mmol), sodium azide (0.28 mmol) and zinc bromide (0.25 mmol) in water (2 mL) was heated to reflux and stined at this temperature overnight.
Isopropanol (2 mL) was added, and the reaction heated at reflux for a further 24 hours. The reaction was cooled to room temperature, evaporated to half volume in vacuo, and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The water layer was separated and re-extracted with ethyl acetate. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 0-10%> methanol in DCM as eluent to yield crude material. This material was dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed twice with 2M sodium hydroxide. The organic layer was washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. This material was dissolved in DCM and purified using an 'Isolute-NH2' ion-exchange column eluting with 10% methanohDCM to yield the desired product.
1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.30 (d, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.50 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.60 (m, IH), 6.80 (m, 2H), 7.00 (d, 2H), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.25 (m, 2H), 7.80 (d, 2H), 8.75 (br s, IH); m/z 423 (M-H)-
The preparation of 3-(4-cyanophenoxy)-5-[(1 )-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide was described in Example 6.
Example 8; 3-r4-(Ethylsulfonynphenoxy1-5-r(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxy1-iV-l,3- thiazol-2-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000088_0001
A solution of 3-hydroxy-5-[(liS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-2 -ylbenzamide (154 mg), 4-ethanesulphonylbenzeneboronic acid (203 mg), copper (TJ) acetate (183 mg), triethylamine (0.345 mL) and freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (1 g) in DCM (10 mL), was stined at ambient temperature and under ambient atmosphere for 3 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (10 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil dissolved in ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic solution was washed with IM hydrochloric acid, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, brine, then dried (MgSO ) and evaporated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on alumina with 5% methanol in ethyl acetate as eluant. Further chromatography on silica with 50%o ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant gave the desired compound (54 mg).
1HΝMR δ (CDCI3): 1.2-1.35 (m, 6Η), 3.15 (q, 2H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.5-4.6 ( , IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.4 (s, IH), 7.85 (d, 2H). m/z 477 (M+H)+ The following compounds were also prepared in an analogous fashion from 3-h droxy-5- [(liS -2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide:
Figure imgf000089_0002
The syntheses of 3-hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-l,3-thiazol-2- ylbenzamide and 3-hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol- 3-yl)benzamide are described in Examples 1 and 3 respectively.
Example 9a: 3-rαS)-2-Methoxy-α-methylethvnoχy1-JV- -methyl-lH-pyrazoI-3-yl)-5-r3- (methylsulfonyDphenoxylbenzamide Example 9b: 3-l(lS,)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvnoχyl-iV-(l-methyl-lHr-pyrazol-3-ylV5-[3- (methylsulfinvDphenoxylbenzamide
Figure imgf000089_0001
To a solution of 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-{[3- (methylthio)phenyl]oxy}benzamide (prepared as described in Example 8a above, 270 mg) in DCM (5 mL) was added /n-chloroperbenzoic acid (1.3 equivalents) and the reaction stined at room temperature for 1 hour. A further 1.4 equivalents of rø-chloroperbenzoic acid was added, and the reaction stined at room temperature for a further 30 minutes. The reaction was added to saturated aqueous sodium metabisulphite and stined for 20 minutes. The organic layer was separated, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a white foam. The crude mixture was purified using a 20 g Redisep column eluting with 0-5% methanol in DCM to yield the desired sulphone (117 mg).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.12 (d, 3H), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.54 (m, IH), 6.85 (m, IH), 7.23 (s, IH), 7.40 (m, IH), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.52 (m, IH), 7.57 (m, IH), 7.68 (m, 2H), 10.84 (br s, IH); m/z 460 (M+H)+ A further fraction yielded the desired sulphoxide (105 mg).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.12 (d, 3H), 2.75 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.47 (m, 2H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 4.73 (m, IH), 6.53 (m, IH), 6.80 (m, IH), 7.19 (m, 2H), 7.33 (m, IH), 7.44 (m, 2H), 7.59 (m, 2H), 10.83 (br s, IH); m/z 444 (M+H)+
Example 10: 3-({4-r(l-Metnylethvι)sulfonvι] phenyl}oxyV5-r(lS)-2-methoxy-ri- metnylethyl)oxyI-N-(l-methV--lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000090_0001
In a similar manner to that described above for Example 9, 3-({4-[(l-methylethyl)sulfonyl] phenyl}oxy)-5-[(l-S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide was prepared from 3-({4-[(l-methylethyl)thio]phenyl}oxy)-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy] -N-( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 -yl)benzamide. 1H ΝMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.32 ( , 9Η), 3.27 (m, IH), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.50 (dd, IH), 3.58 (dd,
IH), 3.80 (s, 3H), 4.61 (m, IH), 6.82 (m, 2H), 7.09 (d, 2H), 7.17 (m, IH), 7.28 ( , IH), 7.33
(m, IH), 7.84 (d, 2H), 8.86 (br s, IH); m/z 488 (M+H)+
The synthesis of 3-( {4-[(l -methylethyl)thio]phenyl} oxy)-5-[(l_S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl) oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide is described in Example 8b above. Example 11: General Procedure for Amide Synthesis - HATU Coupling
DIPEA (2.5 equivalents) was added to a suspension of 3-{(lιS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] oxy}benzoic acid (1 equivalent), HATU(1.25 equivalents) and amine (1.25 equivalents) in DMF (20 mL). The initial suspension dissolved into a dark orange solution. The resulting mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 2 hours. The DMF was removed in vacuo, and the residue azeotroped with toluene. Water was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate. The extracts were combined and washed sequentially with IM hydrochloric acid, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. The solution was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and evaporated in vacuo to give the crude product which was chromatographed (50%> ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give desired compound (40-70% yield).
Examples lla-llg were prepared using an analogous method to that described above from the appropriate acid and amino heterocycle:
Figure imgf000091_0001
Figure imgf000092_0001
^Example llf may be crystallised by allowing isohexane to vapour diffuse into a solution of the compound in ethylacetate, in a closed system, with subsequent slow evaporation ofthe mixture at room temperature over 4 days, mp 109-11 2. $The required amino pyrazole for Example llg was prepared as follows:
Sodium hydride (60%> dispersion in mineral oil, 39 mg, 0.973 mmol), was added to 5-nitro- lH-pyrazole (100 mg, 0.885 mmol) in dry DMF (2 irαL) under an argon atmosphere. The solution was stined for 5 minutes, then ethyl iodide £0.85 mL, 1.062 mmol) added and the reaction warmed to 80°C for 3 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (30 mL) was added, and the mixture extracted with diethyl ethier (40 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was purified by chromatography on silica (eluting with isohexane containing ethyl acetate, 33 > v/v) to give the alkylated pyrazole (80 mg) which was used in the next step without further purification.
1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.58 (t, 3H), 4.26 (q, 2H), 6.91 (d, IH), 7.48 (d, IH).
To a solution ofthe alkylated pyrazole (70 mg, 0.50 mmol) in THF (5 mL) under an inert atmosphere was added 10% palladium on carbon (15 mg). The flask was evacuated and refilled 3 times with hydrogen gas, and stined vigourously at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was refilled with argon, and a further portion of 10%> palladium on carbon (50 mg) added, followed by refilling as above with a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction was stined for 16 hours, filtered through diatomaceous earth, and evaporated to afford the title compound (56 mg) as a colourless oil which was used without further purification. 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.42 (t, 3H), 3.58 (br. s, 2H), 3.98 (q, 2H), 5.59 (d, IH), 7.16 (d, IH)
The required acids for Examples lla-llg were prepared as described below:
3-{(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[4-(methylsulfonyl phenyl]oxy}benzoic acid
Figure imgf000093_0001
A solution of methyl 3-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl] oxy}benzoate (60.9 mmol) in THF (400 mL) was treated with a solution of IM sodium hydroxide (125 mmol), and the reaction mixture stined for 13 hours at ambient temperature. Most ofthe organic solvent was removed in vacuo, and the remaining solution was diluted with water (150 mL). The resulting aqueous solution was acidified to pH4 with IM citric acid solution, and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL). The extracts were combined, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to give the desired compound (83% yield). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 4.63 (m, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, IH), 7.9 (d, 2H); m z 479 (M-H)" Methyl 3-r(lι-?)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5- {[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]oxy} benzoate
Figure imgf000094_0001
A suspension of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-[(l_S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]benzoate (154 mmol), boronic acid ( 1.1 equivalents), copper (TJ) acetate (1.1 equivalents), triethylamine (5 equivalents) and freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (200 g) in DCM (500 X) was stined at ambient temperature and under ambient atmosphere for 2 days. The reaction, mixture was filtered, the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ettiyl acetate and 1-2M hydrochloric acid. The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed with aq_ueous sodium hydrogen carbonate and brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica (with 20-60% ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant) to give the desired ester (58%> yield).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.65 (m, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 7.2 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, IH), 7.9 (d, 2H)
Methyl 3-Hydroxy-5-[(l)Sf)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]benzoate eO o' r A OH
Methyl 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5- {[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoafce (50. Og; 0.152 mmol) was dissolved in a mixture of THF:ethanol (600 mL) and the flask evacuated and purged with nitrogen (3 times). 10%> Palladium on carbon (5.0g) was added and the flask further evacuated and finally purged with hydrogen gas. The reaction mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 20 hours until completion. The reaction mixture was evacuated and purged with nitrogen (3 times). The catalyst was filtered off, and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give the desired compound (36.7g). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.55 (m, IH), 6.6 (s, IH), 6.9 (s, IH), 6.95 (s, tH), 9.8 (s, IH)
The synthesis of methyl 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy} benzoate is described above in Example 1. Example 12: General Procedure for Amide Synthesis - Oxalyl Chloride Coupling
To a stined solution of 3-{(l»S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{3,5-difluorophenoxy} benzoic acid (0.285 mmol) in dry DCM (2 mL), was added, dropwise under argon, oxalyl chloride (2 equivalents) and DMF (1 drop). The resulting solution was stined at ambient temperature for 1-2 hrs. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the crude mixture taken up in pyridine (2 mL) and added to the appropriate amine (2.2 equivalents). The reaction mixture was stined at room temperature, or heated if necessary, and monitored by TLC and/or LCMS. The pyridine was removed in vacuo, and water and ethyl acetate added. The organic layer was washed sequentially with IM citric acid and brine solution and dried (MgSO4), concentrated in vacuo, and the residue chromatographed on silica (eluting with 30-90% ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give the desired product (typically 35-40%) yield).
Examples 12a & 12b were prepared using the appropriate amine:
Figure imgf000095_0001
lh t s examp e, the ac d chlo de was ta en up in THF, followed by addition of pyridine the appropriate amine.
The synthesis of 3- {(l_Sj-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy}-5- {3,5-difluorophenoxy}b enzoic acid is described below: 3-{(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxy}-5-{3,5-difluorophenoxy}benzoic acid
Figure imgf000096_0001
This was prepared from methyl 3-[(3,5-difluorophenyl)oxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]benzoate using an analogous procedure to that described above for the synthesis of 3- {(1 S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy} -5- {[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenyl]oxy} benzoic acid:
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.21 (d, 3H), 3.26 (s, 3H obscured by solvent peak), 3.46 (m, 2H), 4.67 (m, IH), 6.81 (d, 2H), 6.96 - 7.08 (m, 3H), 7.27 (s, IH), 13.13 (bs, IH); m/z 337 (M-H)"
Methyl 3-[(3.5-difluorophenyl oxy]-5-[(15f)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxy1benzoate
Figure imgf000096_0002
To a solution of methyl 3-[(3,5-difluorophenyl)oxy]-5-hydroxybenzoate (15.0 mmol), (R)-(-)- l-methoxy-2-propanol (18.75 mmol) and triphenylphosphine (18.0 mmol) in anhydrous THF (100 mL) at 0°C was added DIAD (18.0 mmol). The reaction was stined at ambient temperature overnight, concentrated in vacuo, and the residue triturated with a 1 : 1 mixture of ethyl acetateasohexane. The solid was removed by filtration and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo, chromatographed on silica (using a Biotage Flash 75 eluting with 10-15% ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give the title compound (75%> yield). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.21 (d, 3H), 3.27 (s, 3H obscured by solvent peak), 3.46 (m, 2H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 4.69 (m, IH), 6.81 (dd, 2H), 7.01-7.07 (m, 2H), 7.10 (s, IH), 7.28 (s, IH)
Methyl 3-[(3.5-difluorophenyl)oxy]-5-hvdroxybenzoate
Figure imgf000096_0003
To a solution of methyl 3-[(3,5-difluorophenyl)oxy]-5-{[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyOoxy} benzoate (16.3 mmol) in methanol (60 mL) was added a 20% solution of potassium hydroxide in methanol (13.75 g). The mixture was heated at 50°C for 1 hour then allowed to cool. Water (20 mL) was added and the mixture immediately acidified with IM hydrochloric acid. The methanol was removed in vacuo and the residue extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was separated, washed with brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo to give the title compound (92% yield).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 3.80 (s, 3H), 6.72 (m, IH), 6.79 (m, 2H), 6.98 - 7.05 (m, 2H), 7.19 (m, IH), 10.18 (bs, IH); m/z 279 (M-H)"
Methyl 3-[(3,5-difluorophenyl)oxy1-5-{[(4-methylphenyl sulfonyl1oxy}benzoate
Figure imgf000097_0001
To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-{[(4-methylphenyl)sulfonyl]oxy}benzoate (30 mmol), copper (TJ) acetate (36 mmol), 3,5-difluorophenylboronic acid (42 mmol) and 4A molecular sieves (30 g) in DCM (300 mL) was added triethylamine (150 mmol). The reactiorx was allowed to stir for 40 hours then filtered and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in ethyl acetate, washed with IM citric acid solution, IM sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chroma-to graphed on silica (Biotage Flash 75) eluting with 10- 25% ethyl acetate in isohexane to give the title compound (55% yield).
!H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 2.39 (s, 3H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 6.74 (dd, 2H), 6.93 (m, IH), 7.08 (m, IH), 7.44 (m, 3H), 7.50 (s, IH), 7.74 (d, 2H); m/z 452 (M+NH4)+, 433 (M-H)"
Methyl 3-hydroxy-5- {[(4-methylphenyl sulfonyl]oxy}benzoate
Figure imgf000097_0002
Methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate (0.40 g) and 4-toluenesulphonylchloride (0.45 g) was stined vigorously in diethyl ether (20 mL) with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate (20 mL) at ambient temperature for 62 hours. The aqueous layer was removed and the residue washed sequentially with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo to yield a colourless oil. The crude product was dissolved in diethyl ether, washed with saturated aqueous potassium carbonate then with brine, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated in vacuo to give a colourless oil which crystallised on standing to give the title compound (0.51 g).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 2.43 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 3H), 6.66 (m, IH), 6.97 (s, IH), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.47 (d, 2H), 7.75 (d, 2H); m/z 340 (M+NH4)+
Example 13 : 3-f3.5-DifluorophenoxyVN-r4-(hvdroxymethvI)-1.3-thiazol-2-yll-5-r2-(lS)- methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxylbenzamide
Figure imgf000098_0001
To a solution of 3-(3,5-difluorophenoxy)-N-[4-chloromethyl-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-5-[(l1S)-2- methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]benzamide (0.107 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added 0.5M sodium hydroxide solution (1 mL). The reaction was stined at ambient temperature for 2 hours and the organics removed in vacuo. The residue was acidified with IM citric acid and partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic phase was separated, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed on silica eluting with 80%> ethyl acetate in isohexane to give the title compound which was precipitated from a concentrated diethyl ether solution by the addition of isohexane to give a solid sample (35%> yield). 1H ΝMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.24 (d, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H obscured by solvent peak), 3.48 (m, 2H), 4.49 (s, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.83 (d, 2H), 6.93 (s, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 7.04 (m, IH), 7.32 (s, IH), 7.54 (s, IH); m/z 451 (M+H)+, 449 (M-H)" 3-(3.5-DifluorophenoxyVN-r4-chloromethyl-1.3-thiazol-2-yl]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl oxy]benzamide
Figure imgf000099_0001
To a stined solution of 3-{(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{3,5- difluorophenoxy}benzoic acid (3.06 mmol) in DCM (20 mL) was added 3 drops of DMF and oxalyl chloride (6.12 mmol; 2.0 equivalents) dropwise, and the resulting mixture stined at ambient temperature for 5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo, azeotroped with toluene and dried overnight at reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in DCM and 4-(chloromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (3.36 mmol), triethylamine (3.36 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (0.31 mmol) added. The resulting mixture was stined for 16 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was washed sequentially with 2M hydrochloric acid and IM sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was chromatographed (eluting with 15-20%o ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give the desired compound (33%> yield). 1H ΝMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.24 (d, 3H), 3.28 (s, 3H obscured by solvent pealc), 3.49 (m, 2H), 4.76 (m, 3H), 6.84 (dd, 2H), 6.94 (s, IH), 7.04 (m, IH), 7.32 (m, 2H), 7.55 (s, IH), 12.77 (bs, IH); m/z 469, 471 (M+H)+, 467, 469 (M-H)"
The synthesis of 3-{(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{3,5-difluorophenoxy}benzoic acid is described in Example 12 above.
The synthesis of 4-(chloromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-amine is described in the literature (J. Indian Chem. Soc. 1960, 37, 241). Reference Example 14: 3-r(lS)-2-Methoxy-tt-methylethyr)oxyl-5-.4- (methylsulfonvI)phenoxy1-N-lH-pyrazoI-3-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000100_0001
Trifluoroacetic acid (0.5 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-({3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzoyl}amino)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (180 mg, 0.330 mmol) in dry DCM (3 mL) and the reaction was stined under argon for 3 h. A further portion of trifluoroacetic acid (0.2 mL) was then added and the reaction was stined for 30 min, then evaporated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (15 mL) and the residue was evaporated, then dissolved in DCM and hexane and evaporated to produce the title compound (145 mg) as a colourless foam.
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.27 (d, 3Η), 3.22 (s, 3H), 3.31 (s, 3H), 3.60 (m, 2H, partially obscured by HOD), 4.78 (m, IH), 6.62 (s, IH), 6.93 (s, IH), 7.27 (d, 2H), 7.32 (s, IH), 7.53 (s, IH), 7.65 (s, IH), 7.96 (d, 2H), 10.86 (s, IH); m/z 444 (M-H)"
tert-Butyl 3-({3-[(ltS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy] benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000100_0002
ΗATU (375 mg, 1.17 mmol) was added to 3-{(l_5)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[4- (methylsulfonyl) phenyl]oxy}benzoic acid (300 mg, 0.79 mmol) followed by addition of DMF (5 mL), DIPEA (0.35 mL) and tert-butyl 3 -amino- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate (155 mg, 0.85 mmol). The reaction was stined under argon for 4 h, the solvent evaporated, and the residue dissolved in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 L). The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL), then dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. Purification by column chromatography, eluting with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexanes, afforded the title compound (185 mg, 43%) as a colourless oil. 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.37 (d, 3H), 1.63 (s, 9H), 3.09 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 4.61 (m, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 7.08 (m, 2H), 7.15 (d, 2H), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.92 (d, 2H), 8.01 (d, IH), 8.58 (br. s, IH); m/z 544 (M-H)"
tert-Butyl 3-amino-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate
Η,N' 'X . M^
lH-Pyrazol-3 -amine (428 mg, 5.15 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (5 mL) at 0°C and treated with sodium hydride (206 mg, 5.15 mmol) followed by stirring for a further 30 min. Wanned di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.12 g, 5.15 mmol) was then slowly added via syringe over 5 min and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stined for a further 2 h. The reaction was taken up in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was separated then dried (MgSO4), filtered and evaporated. Purification by column chromatography (eluting with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexanes to neat ethyl acetate) afforded the title compound (117 mg) as a white solid. 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.62 (s, 9Η), 4.00 (br. s, 2H), 5.81 (d, IH), 7.82 (d, IH)
The synthesis of 3- {(1 S)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy} -5- {[4-(methylsulfonyl) phenyl]oxy}benzoic acid is described in Example 11 above.
Example 15: 3-f(lSl-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxyl-N-(5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-r4- (methylsulf onvDphenoxyl b enzamide
Figure imgf000101_0001
Trifluoroacetic acid (1.5 mL) was added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-({3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzoyl}amino)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate (500 mg, 0.330 mmol) in dry DCM (6 mL) and the reaction was stined under argon for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate (30 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (15 mL). The organic layer was separated, dried (MgSO4), filtered, evaporated, then re-evaporated with DCM / hexanes to produce the title compound (350 mg) as a colourless foam.
1H NMR δ (DMSO-d6): 1.23 (d, 3H), 2.20 (s, 3H), 3.20 (s, 3H), 3.30 (s, 3H) (obscured by HOD), 3.50 (m, 2H) 4.78 (m, IH), 6.38 (s, IH), 6.90 (s, IH), 7.22 (d, 2H), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 10.71 (br. s, IH), 12.08 (br. s, IH); m/z 458 L-Ε)'
tert-Butyl 3-((3-[(15f)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethynoxyl-5- 4- (methylsulfonvDphenoxy]benzoyl}amino)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000102_0001
ΗATU (500 mg, 1.31 mmol) was added to 3-{(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[4- (methylsulfonyl) phenyl] oxy} benzoic acid (400 mg, 1.05 mmol) followed by addition of DMF (6 mL), DTREA (0.47 mL) and tert-butyl 3-amino-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (380 mg, 1.93 mmol). The reaction was stined under argon for 72 h, then dissolved in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (30 mL) and ethyl acetate (50 mL). The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride (30 mL), then dried (MgSO ), filtered and evaporated. Purification by column chromatography eluting with 1 : 1 to 2: 1 ethyl acetate:hexanes afforded the title compound (500 mg, 85%) as a foam. 1H NMR δ (CDC ): 1.37 (d, 3Η), 1.62 (s, 9H), 2.54 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, 3H), 3.58 (m, 2H), 4.60 (m, IH), 6.82 (m, 2H), 7.08 (m, IH), 7.15 (d, 2H), 7.30 (s, IH), 7.93 (d, 2H), 8.52 (brs, IH); m/z 558 (M-H)"
tert-Butyl 3 -amino-5-methyl- lH-pyrazole- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000102_0002
5-Methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-amine (800 mg, 8.25 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (10 mL) at 0 °C and treated with sodium hydride (336 mg, 8.25 mmol) followed by stirring for a further 30 min. Warmed di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.80 g, 8.25 mmol) was then slowly added via syringe over 5 min and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature and stined for a further 1 h. The reaction was taken up in saturated aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate (50 mL) and ethyl acetate (100 mL). The organic layer was separated then dried (MgSO ), filtered and evaporated. Purification by column chromatography (eluting with 1:1 ethyl acetate:hexanes to 100% ethyl acetate) afforded the title compound (380 mg, 23%>) as a colourless oil. 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.62 (s, 9H), 2.43 (s, 3H), 3.87 (br. s, 2H), 5.60 (s, IH)
The synthesis of 3 - {( 1 S)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy} -5- { [4-(methylsulfonyl) phenyl] oxy} benzoic acid is described in Example 11 above.
Example 16: 3-f(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy1-N-r4-
(methoxymethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl1-5-f4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy1benzamide
Figure imgf000103_0001
To a stined solution of N-[4-(chloromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-yl]-3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy]-5-[4-(methylsulfonyl)phenoxy]benzamide (280mg; 0.55 mmol) in methanol (5 mL) was added sodium methoxide (1. Immol; 2.0 equiv; 25% weight in methanol) and the reaction mixture heated to 50°C and stined overnight. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed (eluting with 50-70%> ethyl acetate: isohexane) to give the title compound (71mg; 26%).
1H ΝMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.21 (d, 3H), 2.50 (2s, 6H, partially obscured by water pealc), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.43-3.54 (m, 2H), 4.40 (s, 2H), 4.78 (m, IH), 6.98 (s, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.25 (d, 2H),
7.37 (s, IH), 7.58 (s, IH), 7.95 (d, 2H), 12.69 (br s, IH); m/z 507 (M+H)+, 505 (M-H)"
N- -^liloromethvD-LS-thiazol^-yll-S-rd^-Σ-methoxy-d-methylethvnoxyl-S-^- tøethylsulfonvDphenoxylbenzamide
Figure imgf000103_0002
To a stined solution of 3-{(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[4-(methylsulfonyl) phenyl]oxy}benzoic acid (1.0 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added 1 drop of DMF and oxalyl chloride (2.0mmol; 2.0 equivalents) dropwise. The reaction mixture was stined at ambient temperature under argon for two hours, then concentrated in vacuo and azeotroped with DCM. The residue was dissolved in DCM and 4-(chloromethyl)-l,3-thiazol-2-amine (1.0 mmol) in DCM was added along with DIPEA (2.5 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (0.1 mmol). The resulting mixture was stined for 13 hours under argon at ambient temperature, then concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed (eluting with 50-60%> ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give the title compound (53%> yield).
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.3 (d, 3H), 3.2 (s, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H) 3.45 (m, 2H), 4.75 (s, 2H), 4.8 (m, IH), 7.0 (s, IH), 7.25 (d, 2H), 7.3 (s, IH), 7.4 (s, IH), 7.6 (s, IH), 7.95 (d, 2H), 12.80 (br s, IH)
The synthesis of 3-{(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[4-(methylsulfonyl) phenyl]oxy}benzoic acid is described in Example 11 above.
Example 17: 3-[4-(Azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxy1-5-f(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methylethyl)oxy1- V-(3-methyl-l,2,4-thiadiazol-5-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000104_0001
To a suspension of 4-({3-{[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-[(3-methyl-l,2,4- thiadiazol-2-ylamino)carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoic acid (300 mg), HATU (336 mg) and azetidine hydrochloride (190 mg) in DMF (5 mL), was added DTPEA (0.68 mL) and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 16 h. Water (75 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed IM aqueous hydrochloric acid (25 mL), saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (25 mL), brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was cliromatographed on silica with ethyl acetate as eluant to give the desired compound (190 mg). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.25 (d, 3H), 2.2-2.3 (m, 2H), 2.5 (m, 3H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.0 (m, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 4.8 ( , IH), 6.95 (s, IH), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.55 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, 2H), 13.35 (s, IH); m/z 483 (M+H)+ fri a similar manner Examples 17a and 17b were also prepared:
Figure imgf000105_0003
4-({3--. r(lS)-2-Methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxy}-5-[(3-methyl-L2.4-thiadiazol-2- ylamino carbonyl]phenyl} oxy)benzoic acid
Figure imgf000105_0001
A solution of ethyl 4-({3-{[(l,S -2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-[(3-methyl-l,2,4- thiadiazol-2-ylamino)carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoate (1.3g) in THF (40 mL) was added to a solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate (310 mg) in water (20 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours and the THF removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was acidified with IM hydrochloric acid (6.9 mL), and the solid precipitate filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give the desired compound (1.12 g). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.7-4.8 (m, IH), 6.95 (s, IH), 7.1 (d, 2H), 7.35 (s, IH), 7.6 (s, IH), 7.95 (d, 2H); m/z 444 (M+H)+ Ethyl 4-({3-([(l^-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl oxy}-5-[(3-methyl-L2.4-thiadiazol-2- ylamino)carbonyl] phenyl} oxy)benzoate
Figure imgf000105_0002
A solution of 3-hydroxy-5-{[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-N-(3-methyl-l,2,4- thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide (3.23 g), 4-ethoxycarbonylphenylboronic acid (3.63 g), copper (TJ) acetate (3.63 g), triethylamine (6.9 mL) and freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (12.5g) in DCM (250 mL) was stined at ambient temperature and under ambient atmosphere for 2 days. The reaction mixture was filtered through diatomaceous earth, washed with DCM (2 x 50 mL), the DCM removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (300 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (200 L). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 40%> ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (1.35 g).
1H ΝMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3H), 1.4 (t, 3H), 2.45 (s, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.35 (q, 2H), 4.5-4.6 (m, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.1 (s, IH), 7.3 (d, IH), 8.05 (d, 2H), 10.5 (s, lH); m/z 472 (M+H)+
3-Hvdroxy-5- -!Tri»y)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxy}-N-(3-methyl-1.2.4-thiadiazol-2- ypbenzamide
Figure imgf000106_0001
A solution of 3-{[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{phenylmethyloxy}-N-(3-methyl- l,2,4-thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide (9.53 g) and thioanisole (13.9 mL) in trifluoroacetic acid (45 mL) was stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The trifluoroacetic acid was removed in vacuo and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (100 mL) and aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (300 mL). The aqueous layer was separated, extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 100 mL), and the combined organic extracts washed with brine, dried (MgSO ), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 50%) ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (4.5 g).
1H ΝMR δ (CDC13): 1.2 (d, 3H), 2.5 (s, 3H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 3.4-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.6-4.7 (m, IH), 6.6 (s, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.1 (s, IH), 9.85 (s, IH), 13.2 (s, IH); m/z 324 (M+H)+ 3 - { \(l S >2-Methoxy-C 1 -methylethvnoxy} -5- {phenylmethyloxy} -N-(3-mefhyl- 1.2.4- thiadiazol-2-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000107_0001
To a solution of 3-[(l1S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoic acid (15.8 g) in DCM (260 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (5.24 mL), followed by DMF (1 drop), and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The DCM and excess oxalyl chloride were removed in vacuo, the residual oil dissolved in DCM (50 L) and added to a solution of 5-amino-3-methyl- 1,2,4 thiadiazole (6.05 g) and triethylamine (14.6 mL) in DCM (150 mL) at 0-5°C, and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The DCM and excess triethylamine were removed in vacuo, and the residual oil partitioned between ethyl acetate (250 mL) and IM hydrochloric acid (150 mL). The ethyl acetate layer was separated, washed sequentially with IM hydrochloric acid, aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, and brine, dried (MgSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on alumina with ethyl acetate as eluant, then on silica with 30% ethyl acetate in isohexane as eluant to give the desired compound (9.6 g).
1HΝMR δ (CDCI3): 1.3 (d, 3H), 2.45 (s,3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5-3.6 (m, 2H), 4.55-4.6 (m, IH), 5.05 (s,2H), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.1 (m, 2H), 7.25 (m, 5H), 10.7 (s, IH); m/z 414 (M+H)+
The synthesis of 3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoic acid is described in Example 3 above.
Example 18: 3-[4-(Azetidin-l-yIcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy1-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l- methyIethyl)oxy1-7V-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yI)benzamide
Figure imgf000107_0002
To a suspension of 3-chloro-4-[(3-{[(l^)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy}-5-{[(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)amino]carbonyl}phenyl)oxy]benzoic acid (344 mg), HATU (366 mg) and azetidine hydrochloride (88 mg) in DMF (10 mL), was added DIPEA (0.50 mL) and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 24 hours. Water (30 mL) was added and the mixture extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 15 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried ( gSO4), and evaporated to a residue which was cliromatographed on silica eluting with a gradient of 50-100%> ethyl acetate in hexane to give the desired compound (197 mg). 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.2-4.4 (m, 4H), 4.6 (m, IH), 6.7 (d, 2H), 7.0 (m, 2H), 7.2 (m, 2H), 7.5 (d, IH), 7.8 (d, IH), 8.60 (br s, IH); m/z 499 (M+H)+ hi a similar manner, Examples 18a-18e were also prepared:
Figure imgf000108_0001
Figure imgf000109_0002
The required acids for the preparation of Examples 18 & 18a-e were prepared as described below: 3-Chloro-4-[(3-r(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethvnoxy1 -5-{r(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl)amino]carbonyl}phenyl)oxy]benzoic acid
Figure imgf000109_0001
To a solution of methyl 3-chloro-4-(3-[(l<S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[(l-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)amino]carbonyl}phenoxy)benzoate (2.23 g) in TΗF (58 mL) was added a IM solution of lithium hydroxide monohydrate in water (11.7 mL) . The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 18 hours and the TΗF removed in vacuo. The aqueous layer was acidified with 2M hydrochloric acid (5.85 mL), and the solid precipitate filtered off, washed with water and dried in vacuo to give the desired acid (1.87g). 1HNMR δ (CDCI3): 1.4 (d, 3Η), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.6 (m, 2H), 3.8 (s, 3H), 4.7 (m, IH), 6.95 ( , IH), 7.05 (m, IH), 7.1 (d, IH), 7.3 (m, 2H), 7.6 (m, 2H), 8.1 (s, IH), 10.75 (br s, IH); m/z 460 (M+H)+
The acids required for the synthesis of Examples 18a-e were made using an analogous method:
Figure imgf000109_0003
Figure imgf000110_0002
The required esters for Example 18 & 18a-e were prepared as described below:
Methyl 3 -chloro-4-(3 -[ ( 1 -?)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethvDox v] -5 - ( F ( 1 -methyl- lH-pyrazol-3 - yl amino1carbonyl}phenoxy)benzoate
Figure imgf000110_0001
To a solution of 3-hydroxy-5-[(1 )-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol- 3-yl)benzamide (832 mg, 2.72 mmol) and methyl-3-chloro-4-fluorobenzoate (504 mg, 2.72 mmol) in acetonitrile (20 mL) was added potassium carbonate (364 mg, 2.72 mmol) and the stined mixture heated at 160°C in a 'Smith Creator Microwave' for 30 minutes. The mixture was allowed to return to ambient temperature and pressure, filtered and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica with 0 -50% ethyl acetate in hexane as eluant to give the desired compound (1.11 g). m/z 474 (M+Η)+ The esters required for the synthesis of Examples 18a-e were prepared using an analogous method:
Figure imgf000111_0001
The precursor for Example 18c was prepared at 150°C in DMF for 4 hours, using 1.2 equivalents ofthe fluoro-ester. The precursor for Examples 18d-e was prepared at 150°C in DMF for 2 hours.
The methyl 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoate used in the preparation ofthe precursor for Examples 18d-e was prepared from 4-fluoro-2-methoxybenzoic acid according to the procedure described in WO98/13332.
The synthesis of 3 -hydroxy-5 - [( 15)-2-methoxy-( 1 -methylethyl)oxy] -N-( 1 -methyl- 1 H-pyrazol- 3-yl)benzamide is described in Example 3. Example l9: 3-{4-f(Dimethylamino carbonyllphenoxy}-5-r(lS)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxyl-N-lH-pyrazoI-3-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000112_0001
To a suspension of 4-{3-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-[(lH-pyrazol-3- ylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}benzoic acid (280 mg, 0.55 mmol), HATU (260 mg, 0.685 mmol) and dimethylamine (0.345 mL of 2.0M solution in THF, 0.685 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added DIPEA (0.238 mL, 1.37 mmol) and reaction mixture stined for 16 hours at ambient temperature. Water was then added to reaction mixture and extracted into ethyl acetate (3x25 mL). Organic layer was washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine solution and dried (MgSO4). Filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and residue chromatographed (50-100% ethyl acetate in isohexane) to give a white solid (95 mg; 40%). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 2.95 (s, 6H), 3.3 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.6 (s, IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.05 (d, 2H), 7.2 (s, IH), 7.4 (d, 2H), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.6 (s, IH), 10.8 (s, IH). m/z 439 (M+H)+
In a similar manner, Examples 19a-d were also prepared:
Figure imgf000112_0002
Figure imgf000113_0002
The required acid for the preparation of Examples 19 and 19a was prepared as described below: 4-{3-[(lιS)-2-Methoxy-l-methylethoxyl-5-[(lH-pyrazol-3-ylamino carbonyl]phenoxy}benzoic acid
Figure imgf000113_0001
To a solution of tert-butyl 3-({3-[4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate (1.75 g, 3.25 mmol) in TΗF (16 mL) and water (8 mL) was added IM solution of sodium hydroxide (16 mL; 5.0equiv) and reaction mixture allowed to stir at room temperature for 16 hours. The TΗF was removed in vacuo and IM citric acid added until pΗ 3-4. Pale yellow precipitate was filtered off and washed with water to give a pale yellow solid which was dried in vacuo (1.18g, 71%>). !Η NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H obscured by water pealc), 3.4-3.5 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.55 (s, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 7.1 (d, IH), 7.25 (s, IH), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.6 (d, IH), 7.95 (d, IH), 10.85 (s, IH); m/z 412 (M+H)+.
The acids required for the preparation of Examples 19b-d were prepared in a similar manner:
Figure imgf000114_0002
The ester required for the preparation of Examples 19 and 19a was prepared as follows: tert-Butyl 3-(i3-[4-(ethoxycarbonyl)phenoxy1-5-r(l>S)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino')- lH-pyrazole- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000114_0001
tert-Butyl 3 -( {3-hydroxy-5- [(1 »S)-2-methoxy- 1 -methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole- 1 - carboxylate (391 mg, 1 mmol), ethyl-4-boronic acid benzoate (388 mg, 2.0 equiv), copper (TJ) acetate (363 mg, 2.0 equiv) and triethylamine (0.7 mL; 5.0 equiv) were suspended in dry DCM over freshly activated powdered 4 A molecular sieves (ca. 1 g) for 7 hours under an ambient atmosphere. Reaction mixture filtered through diatomaceous earth was washed with DCM (x3). Filtrate concentrated in vacuo, taken up in ethyl acetate and washed with IM hydrochloric acid, saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate, saturated brine and dried (MgSO4). Filtered, filtrate concentrated in vacuo and chromatographed (0-50% ethyl acetate/isohexane) to give a brown oil (210 mg, 39%) 1H NMR δ (CDCI3): 1.3 (d, 3H), 1.4 (t, 3H), 1.6 (s, 9H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.35 (q, 2H), 4.5 (m, IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.0 (d, 2H), 7.05 (s, 2H), 7.2 (s, IH), 8.0 (s, IH), 8.05 (d, 2H), 9.2 (s, br, IH); m/z 440 (M+H)+.
tert-Butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(liS -2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]benzoyl}amino -lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate
Figure imgf000115_0001
A solution of tert-butyl 3-({3-(benzyloxy)-5-[(l_5)-2-methoxy-l - methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate (23 g, 47.8 mmol) in TΗF (140 mL) and ethanol (140 mL) was evacuated and purged with nitrogen (x3). 10% Palladium on carbon (2.3 g; 10% w/w) was added and reaction mixture was evacuated and finally purged with hydrogen gas. Reaction mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature under a hydrogen balloon for 16 hours. Pd/C was filtered tlirough diatomaceous earth and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give a white foam (18 g, 97%). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3Η), 1.55 (s, 9H), 3.25 (s, 3H obscured by water peak), 3.4-3.5
(m, 2H), 4.7 (m, IH), 6.5 (s, IH), 6.95 (d, IH), 7.0 (s, IH), 7.1 (s, IH), 8.2 (d, IH), 9.65 (s,
IH), 11.2 (s, br, IH); m/z 392 (M+H)+
tert-Butyl 3-({3-(berιzyloxy)-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]beιιzoyl}amino)-lH- pyrazole-1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000115_0002
To a suspension of 3-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5-{[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoic acid (20.7 g, 65.6 mmol), ΗATU (31.2 g, 82.0 mmol) and tert-butyl 3-amino-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate (15.0 g, 82.0 mmol) in DMF (30 mL) was added DIPEA (28.5 mL, 164 mmol) and reaction mixture stined for 16 hours at ambient temperature. Water (250 mL) was then added to reaction mixture and extracted into diethyl ether (3x150 mL). Organic layer was washed with saturated brine solution and dried (MgSO4). Filtrate was concentrated in vacuo and residue crystallised on standing. Washed with isohexane to give yellow crystals (23.4 g;
73%). m/z 482 (M+H)+.
The preparation of 3-[(lιS)-2-methoxy-(l -methylethyl)oxy]-5- {[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoic acid was described in Example 3.
The preparation of tert-butyl 3-amino-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate was described in Example 14.
The ester required for the preparation of Example 19b was prepared as follows:
Ethyl 3-fluoro-4-(3- (l»S -2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy1-5-[(lH-pyrazol-3- ylamino)carbonyl]phenoxy}benzoate
Figure imgf000116_0001
To a suspension of tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(lxS)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate (587 mg, 1.5 mmol), caesium carbonate (488 mg, 1.5 mmol) in DMA (3 mL) was added ethyl 3,4-difLuorobenzoate (279 mg, 1.5 mmol). This mixture was heated at 110°C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and concentrated in vacuo then the residue chromatographed on silica, eluting with 0- 70% ethyl acetate in hexane, to give the desired compound as a yellow oil (271 mg, 40%>) 1H NMR (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3Η), 1.4 (t, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.4 (q, 2H), 4.6 (m, IH), 6.75 (s, IH), 6.85 (s, IH), 7.1 (s, IH), 7.15 (s, IH), 7.3 (s, IH), 7.5 (d, IH), 7.8 (d, IH), 7.85 (d, IH), 9.4 (s, IH)
The preparation of tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(l_S)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl}amino)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate was described in Example 19.
The ester required for the preparation of Example 19c was prepared as follows: tert-Butyl 3-({3-[4-(ethoxycarbonvDphenoxy]-5-[(ll$r)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl}amino -5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate
Figure imgf000117_0001
Freshly activated 4A molecular sieves (1.5 g) were added to a solution of tert-butyl 3-({3- hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]benzoyl}amino)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l- carboxylate (1.0 g, 2.47 mmol), (4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl)boronic acid (718 mg, 3.7 mmol), copper (TJ) acetate (672 mg, 3.7 mmol) and triethylamine (1.7 mL, 12.3 mmol) in DCM (40 mL). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 2 days then filtered through diatomaceous earth and the DCM removed in vacuo. The residual oil was partitioned between ethyl acetate (35 mL) and IN hydrochloric acid (35 mL), the ethyl acetate layer separated, washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (35 L), brine (35 mL), dried (MgSO4) and evaporated to a residue which was chromatographed on silica, eluting with 40 - 60%) ethyl acetate in hexane, to give the desired compound as an orange oil (80mg, 6%). 1H NMR (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3Η), 1.4 (t, 3H), 1.6 (s, 9H), 2.55 (s, 3H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.4 (q, 2H), 4.6 (m, IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 6.9 (s, IH), 7.05 (d, 2H), 7.2 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, IH), 8.05 (d, 2H), 9.4 (s, IH)
tert-Butyl 3 -( {3 -hydroxy- 5 - [(1 _S -2-mefhoxy- 1 -methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- 5 -methyl- 1H- pyrazole-1 -carboxylate was prepared in an analogous fashion to tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5- [(l_S)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate, described in Example 19, starting from 3-[(15)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-5- {[phenylmethyl]oxy}benzoic and tert-butyl 3-ammo-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l -carboxylate.
tert-Butyl 3-((3-hydroxy-5- (l-ST)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy1benzoyl}amino -5-methyl-lH- pyrazole- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000117_0002
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 1.55(s, 9H), 3.2 -3.3 (s, 3H obscured by water peak), 3.2 -3.3 (s, 3H obscured by water peak), 3.4 - 3.5 (ro, 2H), 4.65 (m, IH), 6.45 (s, IH), 6.75 (s, IH), 6.95 (s, IH), 7.1 (s, IH), 9.65 (s, IH), 11.05 (brs, IH); m/z 406 (M+H)+.
tert-Butyl 3-((3-(berιzyloxy -5-[(lιS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy1beι zoyl}amino)-5-rrιethyl- lH-pyrazole- 1 -carboxylate
Figure imgf000118_0001
1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 1.55 (s, 9H>, 3.25 (s, 3H obscured by water peak), 3.4-3.5 (m, 2H), 4.7 (m, IH), 5.15 (s, 2H), 6.7 (s, IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.2 (s, IH), 7.25 (s, IH), 7.3 - 7.5 (m, 5H), 11.15 (brs, IH); m/z 496 (M+H)+.
The ester required for the preparation of Example 19d was prepared as follows:
Ethyl 3-chloro-4-(3-[ lιS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-5-{[(5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3- yl aminolcarbonyl}phenoxy)benzoate
Figure imgf000118_0002
Ethyl 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzoate (242 mg, 1.2 nrxnol) was added to a suspension of te -butyl 3 -( { 3 -hydroxy-5 -[( 1 »S)-2-mefhoxy- 1 -methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)-5 -methyl- lH-pyrazole- 1 - carboxylate (405 mg, 1 mmol) and potassium caxbonate (1 mmol) in butyronitrile (5 rnL). This mixture was placed in a microwave and heated at 190°C for 2.5 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the residue partitioned between ethyl acetate and water then extracted with ethyl acetate (3 x 25 mL). Tlie organics were dried (MgSO ) and concentrated in vacuo. The crude mixture (420mg, 86%>) was used in the next step without further purification. The preparation of tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(1 )-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl}amino)-5-methyl-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate was described in Example 19c. The preparation of ethyl 3-chloro-4-fluorobenzoate is described in the literature (Journal of Fluorine Chemistry, 1991, 53(2), 301-305).
Example 20 : 3-[4-(Ethylsulfonyl -2-fluorophenoxyl-5-[(lιy)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy1- N-lH-pyrazol-3-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000119_0001
A suspension of tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(l_5 -2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)- lH-pyrazole-1 -carboxylate (391 mg, 1 mmol), cesium carbonate (325 mg, 1 mmol) and 3,4-difluorophenyl ethyl sulfone (206 mg, 1 mmol) in DMA (3 mL) was heated to 120°C for 4 hours. Water (20 mL) was added to the reaction mixture and then was extracted into ethyl acetate (3x30 mL) and washed with brine. Organic phase was dried (MgSO4), concentrated in vacuo and residue chromatographed (50-100%) ethyl acetate/isohexane) to give a white solid (120 mg, 25%>). 1HΝMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.1 (t, 3Η), 1.2 (d, 3H), 3.25 (s, 3H), 3.3 (q, 2H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.6 (s, IH), 6.95 (s, IH), 7.3 (s, IH), 7.35 (t, IH), 7.45 (s, IH), 7.6 (s, IH), 7.7 (d, IH), 7.95 (dd, IH), 10.8 (s, br IH). m/z 477 (M+H)+
The following examples were prepared in an analogous fashion.
Figure imgf000119_0002
Figure imgf000120_0001
The preparation of tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-α ethoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl}amino)-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxyLate used in the preparation of Examples 20 and 20a was described in Example 19.
The preparation of 3-hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH- pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide used in the preparation of ExaMnple 20b was described in Example 3 The preparation of tert-butyl 3-({3-hydroxy-5-[(lS)-2-αιethoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoyl} amino)-5 -methyl- IH-pyrazole-L -carboxylate used in the preparation of Example 20c was described in Example 19.
3,4-Difluorophenyl ethyl sulfone used in the preparation of Example 20 and 20b was prepared as described below.
3.4-Difluorophenyl ethyl sulfone
Figure imgf000120_0002
To a solution of 3,4-difluorophenyl ethyl sulfide (1.50 g) in DCM (50 mL) was added 75% m- chloroperbenzoic acid (2.97 g) and the mixture stined at ambient temperature for 16h. The mixture was washed successively with saturated potassium carbonate (20 mL) and brine (30 mL) then dried with magnesium sulphate, filtered and reduced in vacuo. The resultant clear oil was chromatographed on silica (eluting with 0-50%o ethyl acetate in ώo-hexane) and the faster running product isolated (0.90 g). The required 3,4-difluorophenyl ethyl sulfone was used without further characterisation.
3,4-DifTuorophenyl methyl sulfone used in the preparation of Example 20a was prepared in an analogous manner from 3,4-difluorophenyl methyl sulfide.
Figure imgf000121_0002
The l-(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)azetidine used in the preparation of Example 20c was prepared as described below.
1 -(3.4-Difluorobenzoyl azetidine
Figure imgf000121_0001
Oxalyl chloride (1.05 mL, 12.0 mmol) was added to a solution of 3,4-difluorobenzoic acid (1.58 g, 10 mmol) in DCM (50 mL) containing DMF (1 drop). The reaction was stined at ambient temperature for 16 h then evapourated to dryness. The residue was redissolved in DCM (25 mL) and azetidine hydrochloride (1.12 g, 12.0 mmol) added followed by triethylamine (4.18 mL, 30.0 mmol). The mixture was stined at ambient temperature for 2 h then concentrated in vacuo. The residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and IN hydrochloric acid, the organic phase washed with a saturated aqueous solution of sodium bicarbonate followed by brine, dried (MgSO4), and concentrated in vacuo. The title compound was crystallized from an ethyl acetate / hexane mixture to give a white crystalline solid (1.0 g, 51%). 1H NMR δ (CDCI3): 2.4 (m, 2H), 4.3 (m, 4H), 7.2 (m, IH), 7.4 (m, IH), 7.5 (t, IH). Example 21 : 3-[4-(Azetidin-l-ylcarbonyI)-2-fluorophenoxyl-5-f(lS)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxyl-N-lH-pyrazol-3-ylbenzamide
Figure imgf000122_0001
To a suspension of 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoic acid (300 mg, 0.75 mmol), HATU (356 mg, 0.938 mmol) and tert- butyl 3-amino-lH-pyrazole-l-carboxylate (172 mg, 0.938 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added DIPEA (0.326 mL, 1.88 mmol) and reaction mixture stined for 16 hours at ambient temperature. Water was then added to reaction mixture and extracted into ethyl acetate (3x25 mL). Organic layer washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate and saturated brine solution and dried (MgSO4). Filtrate concentrated in vacuo to give an orange oil. This was dissolved in DCM (4 mL) and trifluoroacetic acid (0.445 mL, 8.0 equiv) was added. Reaction mixture stined at ambient temperature for 8 hours. Saturated sodium carbonate was added to the reaction mixture and the phases separated. Organic phase was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a white foam (26 mg, 7%). 1H NMR δ (CDC13): 1.3 (d, 3Η), 2.4 (m, 2H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.55 ( , 2H), 4.2 (m, 2H), 4.35 (m, 2H), 4.6 (m, IH), 6.75 (s, IH), 6.8 (app s, IH), 7.05 (t, IH), 7.1 (s, IH), 7.3 (s, IH), 7.4 (d, IH), 7.5 (app d, IH), 7.5 (app s, IH), 9.6 (s, br, IH). m/z 469 (M+H)+, 467 (M-H)"
3- 4-(Azetidm-l-ylcarbonyl -2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(l^-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]benzoic acid
Figure imgf000122_0002
To a solution of methyl 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(1 )-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]benzoate (400 mg, 1 mmol) in THF (6 mL) and water (1 mL) was added IM solution of sodium hydroxide (3 mL; 5.0equiv) and reaction mixture allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 hours. The THF was removed in vacuo and IM citric acid added until pH 3-4. Ethyl acetate was added and the phases separated. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo to give a clear oil (305 mg, 79%). 1H NMR δ (CDCI3): 1.3 (d, 3H), 2.4 (m, 2H), 3.4 (s, 3H), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.2-4.4 (m, 4H), 4.6 (m, IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.05 (t, IH), 7.25 (s, IH), 7.4 (s, IH), 7.45 (d, HT), 7.5 (d, IH); m/z 403 (M+H)+.
Methyl 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl -2-fluorophenoxy]-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-l- ιnethylethoxy"|benzoate
Figure imgf000123_0001
To a solution of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]benzoate (480 mg, 2 mmol) in DMA (2 mL) were added potassium carbonate (552 mg, 4 mrnol), and a solution of 1- (3,4-difluorobenzoyl)azetidine (394 mg, 2 mmol) in DMA (2 mL). Re.action mixture was heated to 110°C and left to stir for 16 hours. Reaction mixture filtered and water (20 mL) added to reaction mixture. Extracted into ethyl acetate, washed with saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and brine. Solution dried (MgS0 ) and concentrated in vacuo to an oil (400 mg, 48%>). Residue used without further purification or characterisation.
The preparation of methyl 3-hydroxy-5-[(l)S)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]benzoate was described in Example 11. The preparation of l-(3,4-difluorobenzoyl)azetidine was described in Example 20c.
Example 22: 3-.4-(Azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)phenoxyl-5-.(lS)-2-meth oxy-l-methylethoxyl-iV- (5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000123_0002
A solution of 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(lS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]- N-(5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide (100 mg, 0.2 mmol) and triet-hyla ine (0.139 mL, 1 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) and ethanol (2.5 mL) was evacuated and purged with nitrogen (x3). 10%> w/w Palladium on carbon (10 mg) was added, the reaction mixture evacuated and purged with hydrogen gas. The reaction mixture was left to stir at ambient temperature under hydrogen for 48 hours. The solid residues were removed by filtration through diatomaceous earth and the mixture partitioned between ethyl acetate and IM hydrochloric acid solution. The organic phase was dried (MgSO ) and the filtrate concentrated in vacuo. The residue was cliromatographed on silica, eluting with 0-70% methanol in ethyl acetate, to give the product (14 mg). 1H NMR δ (d6-DMSO): 1.2 (d, 3H), 2.2 (s, 3H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 3.25 (s, 3H obscured by water pealc), 3.5 (m, 2H), 4.00 (m, 2H), 4.3 (m, 2H), 4.75 (m, IH), 6.35 (s, IH), 6.8 (s, IH), 7.05 (d, 2H), 7.2 (s, IH), 7.4 (s, IH), 7.65 (d, 2H), 10.7 (s, IH), 12.1 (s br, IH). m/z 465 (M+H)+, 463 (M-H)+
The preparation of 3-[4-(azetidin-l-ylcarbonyl)-2-chlorophenoxy]-5-[(l_S)-2-methoxy-l- methylethoxy]-N-(5-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide was described in Example 19d.
Example 23: 3-r(lS)-2-Methoxy-l-methylethoxyl-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)-5-[4-(1.2.4- oxadiazol-3-yllphenoxylbenzamide
Figure imgf000124_0001
3-{4-[(Ηydroxyamino)(imino)methyl]phenoxy}-5-[(lιS)-2-methoxy-l-methylethoxy]-N-(l- methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide was taken up in trimethyl orthoformate (3 mL) and 2 drops of BF3.etherate added. The resulting solution was heated to 55°C in a CEM explorer microwave for 80 mins. The volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting oil chromatographed on silica, eluting with 0-100%> ethyl acetate in iso-hexane, to give the desired compound as a white foam (295 mg) 1H ΝMR δ(d6-DMSO) δ 1.23 (d, 3Η), 3.40 - 3.58 (m, 2H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 4.71 m, IH), 6.54 (s, IH), 6.86 (s, IH), 7.18 - 7.28 (m, 3H), 7.44 (s, IH), 7.57 (s, IH), 8.06 (d, 2H), 9.65 (s, IH),
10.82 (s, IH); m/z 450 (M+H)+. 3 - {4-[(Hydroxyamino)(imino)methyl]phenoxy } -5 - [( 1 S)-2-methoxy- 1 -me thylefhox V| -N-( 1 - methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide
Figure imgf000125_0001
Ηydroxylamine (50%> w/w solution, 1 mL) was added to a solution of 3-(4-cyaιιopb-tenoxy)-5- [(lιS)-2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N-(l-methyl-lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide (30» 0 mg, 0.74 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) and the reaction mixture allowed to stir at room temperature for 18 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo to give the desired compound as a colourless foam (325 mg). /z = 440 (M+Η)+
The preparation of 3-(4-cyanophenoxy)-5-[(l)S -2-methoxy-(l-methylethyl)oxy]-N- (1-methyl- lH-pyrazol-3-yl)benzamide was described in Example 6.
BIOLOGICAL
Tests:
The biological effects ofthe compounds of formula (1) may be tested in the following way:
(1) Enzymatic activity Enzymatic activity of recombinant human pancreatic GLK may be measured by incubating GLK, ATP and glucose. The rate of product (ie G-6-P) formation may b>e determined by coupling the assay to a G-6-P dehydrogenase, ΝADP/ΝADPH system and measuring the linear increase with time of optical density at 340nm (Matschinsky e~t al 1993). Activation of GLK by compounds can be assessed using this assay in the presence or absence of GLKRP as described in Brocklehurst et al (Diabetes 2004, 53, 535-541).
Production of recombinant GLK and GLKRP Human GLK and GLKRP cDΝA was obtained by PCR from human pancreatic and hepatic mRΝA respectively, using established techniques described in Sambrook J, Fritsch EF & Maniatis T, 1989. PCR primers were designed according to the GLK and GLKRP cDNA sequences shown in Tanizawa et al 1991 and Bonthron, D.T. et al 1994 (later conected in Warner, J.P. 1995). Cloning in Bluescript II vectors GLK and GLKRP cDNA was cloned in E. coli using pBluescript TJ, (Short et al 1998) a recombinant cloning vector system similar to that employed by Yanisch-Penon C et al (1985), comprising a colEI-based replicon bearing a polylinker DNA fragment containing multiple unique restriction sites, flanked by bacteriophage T3 and T7 promoter sequences; a filamentous phage origin of replication and an ampicillin drug resistance marker gene.
Transformations E. Coli transformations were generally carried out by electroporation. 400 mL cultures of strains DH5a or BL21(DE3) were grown in L-broth to an OD 600 of 0.5 and harvested by centrifugation at 2,000g. The cells were washed twice in ice-cold deionised water, resuspended in lmL 10%> glycerol and stored in aliquots at -70°C. Ligation mixes were desalted using Millipore V series™ membranes (0.0025mm) pore size). 40mL of cells were incubated with lmL of ligation mix or plasmid DNA on ice for 10 minutes in 0.2cm electroporation cuvettes, and then pulsed using a Gene Pulser™ apparatus (BioRad) at 0.5kVcm_1, 250mF. Transformants were selected on L-agar supplemented with tetracyline at lOmg/mL or ampicillin at lOOmg/mL.
Expression GLK was expressed from the vector pTB375NBSE in E.coli BL21 cells, producing a recombinant protein containing a 6-His tag immediately adjacent to the N-terminal methionine. Alternatively, another suitable vector is pET21(+)DNA, Novagen, Cat number
697703. The 6-His tag was used to allow purification ofthe recombinant protein on a column packed with nickel-nitrilotriacetic acid agarose purchased from Qiagen (cat no 30250). GLKRP was expressed from the vector pFLAG CTC (IBI Kodak) in E.coli BL21 cells, producing a recombinant protein containing a C-terminal FLAG tag. The protein was purified initially by DEAE Sepharose ion exchange followed by utilisation ofthe FLAG tag for final purification on an M2 anti-FLAG immunoaffinity column purchased from Sigma-Aldrich (cat no. A1205). (2) Oral Glucose Tolerance Test (OGTT) Oral glucose tolerance tests were done on conscious Zucker obese fa/fa rats (age 12-13 weeks or older) fed a high fat diet (45 %> kcal fat) for at least two weeks prior to experimentation. The animals were fasted for 2 hours before use for experiments. A test compound or a vehicle was given orally 120 minutes before oral adminisfration of a glucose solution at a dose of 2 g/kg body weight. Blood glucose levels were measured using a Accucheck glucometer from tail bled samples taken at different time points before and after administration of glucose (time course of 60 minutes). A time curve ofthe blood glucose levels was generated and the area-under-the-curve (AUC) for 120 minutes was calculated (the time of glucose administration being time zero). Percent inhibition was determined using the AUC in the vehicle-control group as zero percent inhibition.
Figure imgf000127_0001
Example lib Example III 07 Compounds ofthe invention generally have an activating activity for glucokinase with an EC50 of less than about 500nM. For example, Example 1 lb has an EC50 of 30nM. Example 1 lb and Example IJ107 in WO 03/015774 have broadly similar EC50 values. However Example 1 lb has superior oral exposure and exhibits 29%> OGTT activity at 10 mg/kg but Example JJ107 in WO 03/015774 is not active at 10 mg/kg.
REFERENCES
1 Printz, R. L., Magnuson, M. A. and Granner, D. K. (1993) Annual Review of Nutrition 13, 463-96
2 DeFronzo, R. A. (1988) Diabetes 37, 667-87
3 Froguel, P., Zouali, H., Vionnet, N., Velho, G, Vaxillaire, M., Sun, F., Lesage, S., Stoffel, M., Takeda, J. and Passa, P. (1993) New England Journal of Medicine 328, 697- 702
4 Bell, G. I., Pillcis, S. J., Weber, I. T. and Polonsky, K. S. (1996) Annual Review of Physiology 58, 171-86 Velho, G., Petersen, K. F., Perseghin, G, Hwang, J. H., Rothnian, D. L., Pueyo, M. E., Cline, G. W., Froguel, P. and Shulman, G. I. (1996) Journal of Clinical Investigation 98, 1755-61 Christesen, H. B., Jacobsen, B. B., Odili, S., Buettger, C, Cuesta-Munoz, A., Hansen, T., Brusgaard, K., Massa, O., Magnuson, M. A., Shiota, C, Matschinsky, F. M. and
Barbetti, F. (2002) Diabetes 51, 1240-6 Gloyn, A.L., Noordam, K., Willemsen, M.A.A.P., Ellard, S., Lam, W.W.K., Campbell,
I. W., Midgley, P., Shiota, C, Buettger, C, Magnuson, M.A., Matschinsky, F.M., and
Hattersley, A.T.; Diabetes 52: 2433-2440 Glaser, B., Kesavan, P., Heyman, M., Davis, E., Cuesta, A., Buchs, A., Stanley, C. A.,
Thornton, P. S., Permutt, M. A., Matschinsky, F. M. and Herold, K. C. (1998) New
England Journal of Medicine 338, 226-30 Caro, J. F., Triester, S., Patel, V. K., Tapscott, E. B., Frazier, N. L. and Dohm, G. L.
(1995) Hormone & Metabolic Research 27, 19-22 Desai, U. J., Slosberg, E. D., Boettcher, B. R., Caplan, S. L., Fanelli, B., Stephan, Z.,
Gunther, V. J., Kaleko, M. and Connelly, S. (2001) Diabetes 50, 2287-95 Shiota, M., Postic, C, Fujimoto, Y., Jetton, T. L., Dixon, K., Pan, D., Grimsby, J., Grippo, J. F., Magnuson, M. A. and Cherrington, A. D. (2001) Diabetes 50, 622-9 Fene, T., Pujol, A., Riu, E., Bosch, F. and Valera, A. (1996) Proceedings ofthe National Academy of Sciences ofthe United States of America 93, 7225-30 Seoane, J., Barbera, A., Telemaque-Potts, S., Newgard, C. B. and Guinovart, J. J. (1999) Journal of Biological Chemistry 274, 31833-8 Moore, M. C, Davis, S. N, Mann, S. L. and Cheπington, A. D. (2001) Diabetes Care 24, 1882-7 Alvarez, E., Roncero, I., Chowen, J. A., Vazquez, P. and Blazquez, E. (2002) Journal of Neurochemistry 80, 45-53 Lynch, R. M., Tompkins, L. S., Brooks, H. L., Dunn-Meynell, A. A. and Levin, B. E. (2000) Diabetes 49, 693-700 Roncero, I., Alvarez, E., Vazquez, P. and Blazquez, E. (2000) Journal of Neurochemistry 74, 1848-57 Yang, X. J., Kow, L. M., Funabashi, T. and Mobbs, C. V. (1999) Diabetes 48, 1763- 1772 18 Schuit, F. C, Huypens, P., Heimberg, H. and Pipeleers, D. G. (2001) Diabetes 50, 1-11 19 Levin, B . E. (2001) International Journal of Obesity 25, supp 5 , S68-S72 20 Alvarez, E., Roncero, I., Chowen, J. A., Thorens, B. and Blazquez, E. (1996) Journal of Neurochemistry 66, 920-7 5 21 Mobbs, C. V., Kow, L. M. and Yang, X. J. (2001) American Journal of Physio logy - Endocrinology & Metabolism 281, E649-54 22 Levin, B. E., Dunn-Meynell, A. A. and Routh, V. H. (1999) American Journal of Physiology 276, R1223-31 23 Spanswick, D., Smith, M. A., Groppi, V. E., Logan, S. D. and Ashford, M. L. 1997) 10 Nature 390, 521-5 24 Spanswick, D., Smith, M. A., Mirshamsi, S., Routh, V. H. and Ashford, M. L. (2000) Nature Neuroscience 3, 757-8 25 Levin, B. E. and Dunn-Meynell, A. A. (1997) Brain Research 776, 146-53 26 Levin, B. E., Govek, E. K. and Dunn-Meynell, A. A. (1998) Brain Research 808, 317-9 15 27 Levin, B. E., Brown, K. L. and Dunn-Meynell, A. A. (1996) Brain Research 739, 293- 300 28 Rowe, I. C, Boden, P. R. and Ashford, M. L. (1996) Journal of Physiology 497, 365-77 29 Fujimoto, K., Sakata, T., Arase, K., Kurata, K., Olcabe, Y. and Shiraishi, T. (1985) Life Sciences 37, 2475-82
20 30 Kurata, K., Fujimoto, K. and Sakata, T. (1989) Metabolism: Clinical & Experimental 38, 46-51 31 Kurata, K., Fujimoto, K., Sakata, T., Etou, H. and Fukagawa, K. (1986) Physiology & Behavior 37, 615-20 32 Jetton T.L., Liang Y., Pettepher C.C., Zimmerman E.G., Cox F.G., Horvath K. ,
25 Matschinsky F.M., and Magnuson M.A., J. Biol. Chem., Feb 1994; 269: 3641 - 3654 . 33 Reimann F. and Gribble F. M., Diabetes 2002 51 : 2757-2763 34 Cheung A. T., Dayanandan B., Lewis J. T., Korbutt G. S., Rajotte R. V., Bryer-Ash M., Boylan M. O., Wolfe M. M., Kieffer T. J., Science, Vol 290, Issue 5498, 1959-1962 , 8 December 2000 30

Claims

Claims:
1. A compound of Formula (I) :
Figure imgf000130_0001
(I) wherein:
R1 is methoxymethyl;
R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5, -SO2NR4R5, -S(O)pR4 and HET-2; HET-1 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-linked heteroaryl ring containing a nitrogen atom in the 2- position and optionally 1 or 2 further ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon atom, or on a ring nitrogen atom provided it is not thereby quatemised, with 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from
R6; HET-2 is a 4-, 5- or 6-membered, C- or N-linked heterocyclyl ring containing 1, 2, 3 or 4 heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- , and wherein a sulphur atom in the heterocyclic ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group, which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ; R3 is selected from halo, fluoromethyl, difluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, methyl, methoxy and cyano;
R4 is selected from hydrogen, (l-4C)alkyl [optionally substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted 7 c c with 1 group selected from R ) and -C(O)NR R ], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2; R5 is hydrogen or (l-4C)alkyl; or R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3; R6 is independently selected from (l-4C)alkyl, halo, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkoxy(l-
4C)alkyl, (l-4C)alkylS(O)p(l-4C)alkyl, amino(l-4C)alkyl, (l-4C)aUcylamino(l-4C)alkyl, di(l-4C)alkylamino(l-4C)alkyl and HET-4;
R7 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(0)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkoxy(l- 4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5;
HET-3 is an N-linked, 4, 5 or 6- membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 or 2 further heteroatoms (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, N and S, wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- and wherein a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R8; or
HET-3 is an N-linked, 7 membered, saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further heteroatom (in addition to the linking N atom) independently selected from O, S and N, wherein a -CH2- group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)- group and wherem a sulphur atom in the ring may optionally be oxidised to an S(O) or S(O)2 group; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from R ; or
HET-3 is an 6-10 membered bicyclic saturated or partially unsaturated heterocyclyl ring, optionally containing 1 further nitrogen atom (in addition to the linking N atom), wherein a -CH - group can optionally be replaced by a -C(O)-; which ring is optionally substituted on an available carbon or nitrogen atom by 1 substituent selected from hydroxy and R3;
R8 is selected from -OR5, (l-4C)alkyl, -C(0)(l-4C)alkyl, -C(O)NR4R5, (l-4C)alkylamino, di(l-4C)alkylamino, HET-3 (wherein said ring is unsubstituted), (l-4C)alkoxy(l-4C)alkyl, hydroxy(l-4C)alkyl and -S(O)pR5; HET-4 is a 5- or 6-membered, C-or N- linlced unsubstituted heteroaryl ring containing 1, 2 or
3 ring heteroatoms independently selected from O, N and S; p is (independently at each occunence) 0, 1 or 2; m is 0 or 1 ; n is 0, 1 or 2; provided that when m is 0, then n is 1 or 2; or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
2. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in Claim 1 or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof with the proviso that compounds exemplified in WO2004/076420, which would otherwise fall within the scope of this invention, are excluded.
3. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in Claim 1 or Claim 2 or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof wherein R1 has the (S) configuration.
4. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in Claim 1, Claim 2, or Claim 3 or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein HET-1 is a 5-membered ring.
5. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 4 or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5 and -SO2NR4R5 and R4 and R together with the nitrogen atom to which they are attached may form a heterocyclyl ring system as defined by HET-3.
6. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 5, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein HET-3 is a 4- to 6-membered ring.
7. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in Claim 1, Claim 2 or Claim 3, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein R2 is selected from -C(O)NR4R5 and -SO2NR4R5 and R4 is selected from (l-4C)allcyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3-6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2.
8. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in Claim 1, Claim 2 or Claim 3, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein R2 is -SO2R4 and R4 is selected from (l-4C)alkyl [substituted by 1 or 2 substituents independently selected from HET-2, -OR5, -SO2R5, (3- 6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and -C(O)NR5R5], (3- 6C)cycloalkyl (optionally substituted with 1 group selected from R7) and HET-2.
9. A compound ofthe formula (I) as claimed in Claim 1, Claim 2 or Claim 3, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, wherein R2 is HET-2.
10. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 9, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
11. A compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 9 or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt, solvate or pro-drug thereof for use as a medicament.
12. A compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 9 for use in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of a disease mediated through GLK..
13. A compound according to any one of Claims 1 to 9 for use in the preparation of a medicament for treatment of type 2 diabetes.
14. A method of treating GLK mediated diseases by administering an effective amount of a compound of Fonnula (I) as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 9 or salt, solvate or pro-drag thereof, to a mammal in need of such treatment.
15. The method of Claim 14 wherein the GLK mediated disease is type 2 diabetes.
16. A process for the preparation of a compound of Formula (I) as claimed in any one of Claims 1 to 9, which comprises (wherein variables are as defined in Claim 1 unless otherwise stated):
(a) reaction of an acid of Formula (1TJ) or activated derivative thereof with a compound of Formula (IV),
Figure imgf000133_0001
COT) (IV); or
(b) reaction of a compound of Formula (V) with a compound of Formula (VI),
Figure imgf000134_0001
(V) (VI) 1 7 1 wherein X is a leaving group and X is a hydroxyl group or X is a hydroxyl group and X2 is a leaving group; [or by reaction with the intermediate ester Formula (VTJ), wherein P1 is a protectmg group followed by ester hydrolysis and amide formation];
Figure imgf000134_0002
(V) (vπ) or
(c) reaction of a compound of Formula (VIII) with a compound of Formula (IX)
Figure imgf000134_0003
wherein X3 is a leaving group or an organometallic reagent and X4 is a hydroxyl group or X3 is a hydroxyl group and X4 is a leaving group or an organometallic reagent; [or by reaction or (VIJJ) with the intermediate ester Formula (X), followed by ester hydrolysis and amide formation];
Figure imgf000135_0001
(VIU) (X) or
(d) reaction of a compound of Formula (XI) with a compound of Formula (XU),
XVHET-I )
Figure imgf000135_0002
(XI) (XU); wherein X5 is a leaving group; and thereafter, if necessary: i) converting a compound of Formula (I) into another compound of Formula (I); ii) removing any protecting groups; and/or iii) forming a salt, pro-drag or solvate.
17. A compound as exemplified herein, or a salt, pro-drug or solvate thereof.
PCT/GB2005/000545 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents WO2005080359A1 (en)

Priority Applications (12)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
BRPI0507746-0A BRPI0507746A (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 compound or a salt, prodrug or solvate thereof, pharmaceutical composition, method of treating glk-mediated diseases, and process for the preparation of a compound
US10/588,334 US20080280872A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide Derivatives and Their Use as Glucokinase Activating Agents
AU2005214132A AU2005214132B9 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents
DE602005013491T DE602005013491D1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 BENZAMID DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS GLUCCOINASE-ACTIVATING AGENTS
RU2006130684/04A RU2392275C2 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and application as glucokinase activation agents
JP2006553652A JP2007523142A (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activators
CA002554310A CA2554310A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents
EP05708360A EP1718624B1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents
NO20063452A NO20063452L (en) 2004-02-18 2006-07-26 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activators
IL177216A IL177216A0 (en) 2004-02-18 2006-08-01 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents
HK07103207.6A HK1096092A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2007-03-26 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents
US12/722,936 US20110034432A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2010-03-12 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0403593.7 2004-02-18
GB0403593A GB0403593D0 (en) 2004-02-18 2004-02-18 Compounds
GB0413386A GB0413386D0 (en) 2004-06-16 2004-06-16 Compounds
GB0413386.4 2004-06-16
GB0423039.7 2004-10-16
GB0423039A GB0423039D0 (en) 2004-10-16 2004-10-16 Compounds

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/722,936 Continuation US20110034432A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2010-03-12 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2005080359A1 true WO2005080359A1 (en) 2005-09-01

Family

ID=34890799

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2005/000545 WO2005080359A1 (en) 2004-02-18 2005-02-15 Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (2) US20080280872A1 (en)
EP (2) EP2048137A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2007523142A (en)
KR (1) KR20070007103A (en)
AR (1) AR047678A1 (en)
AT (1) ATE426597T1 (en)
AU (1) AU2005214132B9 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0507746A (en)
CA (1) CA2554310A1 (en)
DE (1) DE602005013491D1 (en)
ES (1) ES2322709T3 (en)
HK (1) HK1096092A1 (en)
IL (1) IL177216A0 (en)
NO (1) NO20063452L (en)
RU (1) RU2392275C2 (en)
TW (1) TW200602028A (en)
UY (1) UY28756A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2005080359A1 (en)

Cited By (24)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1600442A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2005-11-30 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivative
WO2006040528A1 (en) * 2004-10-16 2006-04-20 Astrazeneca Ab Phenoxy benzamide compounds with utility in the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity
WO2006040527A1 (en) * 2004-10-16 2006-04-20 Astrazeneca Ab Process for making phenoxy benzamide compounds
WO2007007041A1 (en) * 2005-07-09 2007-01-18 Astrazeneca Ab Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as glk activators in the treatment of diabetes
US7199140B2 (en) 2001-06-26 2007-04-03 Astrazeneca Ab Vinyl phenyl derivatives as GLK activators
WO2007039177A2 (en) 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Sanofi-Aventis Phenyl- and pyridinyl- 1, 2 , 4 - oxadiazolone derivatives, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
WO2007060448A2 (en) * 2005-11-28 2007-05-31 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical process for the preparation of an amido-phenoxybenzoic acid compound
WO2007061923A2 (en) * 2005-11-18 2007-05-31 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Glucokinase activators
US7230108B2 (en) 2002-11-19 2007-06-12 Astrazeneca Ab Quinoline derivatives as glucokinase ligands
WO2007128761A2 (en) 2006-05-04 2007-11-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Uses of dpp-iv inhibitors
WO2008075073A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Astrazeneca Ab Novel crystalline compound useful as glk activator
WO2009046802A1 (en) 2007-10-09 2009-04-16 Merck Patent Gmbh N- ( pyrazole- 3 -yl) -benzamide derivatives as glucokinase activators
WO2009099080A1 (en) 2008-02-06 2009-08-13 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Novel phenylpyrrole derivative
WO2009106209A1 (en) * 2008-02-27 2009-09-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Carboxamide-heteroaryl derivatives for the treatment of diabetes
US7741327B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2010-06-22 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrrolidinone glucokinase activators
US7812048B2 (en) 2007-07-27 2010-10-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Glucokinase activators and methods of using same
WO2010150280A1 (en) 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 Cadila Healthcare Limited Disubstituted benzamide derivatives as glucokinase (gk) activators
WO2011013141A2 (en) 2009-07-31 2011-02-03 Cadila Healthcare Limited Substituted benzamide derivatives as glucokinase (gk) activators
CN101039901B (en) * 2004-10-16 2011-03-09 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Process for making phenoxy benzamide compounds
US7910747B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2011-03-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Phosphonate and phosphinate pyrazolylamide glucokinase activators
US7935699B2 (en) 2006-07-24 2011-05-03 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrazole glucokinase activators
US8222416B2 (en) 2009-12-14 2012-07-17 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Azaindole glucokinase activators
US8258134B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-09-04 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyridazinone glucokinase activators
US8344003B2 (en) 2003-02-13 2013-01-01 Msd K. K. 2-pyridinecarboxamide derivatives

Families Citing this family (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP2048137A1 (en) * 2004-02-18 2009-04-15 AstraZeneca AB Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents.
TW200600086A (en) * 2004-06-05 2006-01-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compound
GB0423044D0 (en) * 2004-10-16 2004-11-17 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
TW200714597A (en) * 2005-05-27 2007-04-16 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
CL2007003061A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2008-08-01 Astrazeneca Ab COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM 3,5-DIOXI-BENZAMIDA; PREPARATION PROCESS; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUNDS; AND ITS USE TO TREAT A MEDIUM DISEASE THROUGH GLK, SUCH AS TYPE 2 DIABETES.
AU2009278929B2 (en) 2008-08-04 2012-07-05 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrazolo [3,4] pyrimidin-4-yl derivatives and their uses to treat diabetes and obesity
WO2010082601A1 (en) * 2009-01-16 2010-07-22 第一三共株式会社 Novel 2,5-disubstituted pyrrole derivative
GB0902434D0 (en) * 2009-02-13 2009-04-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical process
GB0902406D0 (en) * 2009-02-13 2009-04-01 Astrazeneca Ab Crystalline polymorphic form
AR076220A1 (en) 2009-04-09 2011-05-26 Astrazeneca Ab DERIVATIVES OF PIRAZOL [4,5 - E] PYRIMIDINE
WO2010116176A1 (en) * 2009-04-09 2010-10-14 Astrazeneca Ab Pyrazolo [4, 5-e] pyrimidine derivative and its use to treat diabetes and obesity
JPWO2010128595A1 (en) * 2009-05-07 2012-11-01 富士フイルムRiファーマ株式会社 Method for producing radioactive iodine-labeled imidazopyridine derivatives
US20120277208A1 (en) * 2009-12-11 2012-11-01 Astellas Pharma Inc. Benzamide compound
WO2011122458A1 (en) * 2010-03-29 2011-10-06 第一三共株式会社 Aromatic ring compound containing nitrogen

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003000267A1 (en) * 2001-06-26 2003-01-03 Astrazeneca Ab Amino nicotinate derivatives as glucokinase (glk) modulators
WO2003015774A1 (en) * 2001-08-17 2003-02-27 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds effecting glucokinase
WO2004076420A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2004-09-10 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivative

Family Cites Families (71)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2750393A (en) * 1954-12-01 1956-06-12 Sterling Drug Inc Iodinated 5-henzamidotetrazoles and preparation thereof
US2967194A (en) * 1958-05-15 1961-01-03 Pennsalt Chemicals Corp 4-trifluoromethylsalicylamides
GB1400540A (en) * 1972-12-06 1975-07-16 Smith Kline French Lab Salicylamides and compositions thereof
US4009174A (en) * 1972-12-08 1977-02-22 The Boots Company Limited Esters of substituted nicotinic acids
GB1437800A (en) * 1973-08-08 1976-06-03 Phavic Sprl Derivatives of 2-benzamido-5-nitro-thiazoles
GB1561350A (en) * 1976-11-05 1980-02-20 May & Baker Ltd Benzamide derivatives
FR2344284A1 (en) * 1976-03-17 1977-10-14 Cerm Cent Europ Rech Mauvernay NEW TRICYCLIC COMPOUNDS WITH A FURANNIC CYCLE AND THEIR APPLICATION AS ANTIDEPRESSANTS
US4474792A (en) * 1979-06-18 1984-10-02 Riker Laboratories, Inc. N-Tetrazolyl benzamides and anti-allergic use thereof
FR2493848B2 (en) * 1980-11-07 1986-05-16 Delalande Sa NOVEL NOR-TROPANE AND GRANATANE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION
JPS59139357A (en) * 1983-01-28 1984-08-10 Torii Yakuhin Kk Amidine derivative
CA1327358C (en) * 1987-11-17 1994-03-01 Morio Fujiu Fluoro cytidine derivatives
US5466715A (en) * 1991-12-31 1995-11-14 Sterling Winthrop Inc. 3,4-disubstituted phenols-immunomodulating agents
US5258407A (en) * 1991-12-31 1993-11-02 Sterling Winthrop Inc. 3,4-disubstituted phenols-immunomodulating agents
US5273986A (en) * 1992-07-02 1993-12-28 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Cycloalkylthiazoles
US5661153A (en) * 1994-07-19 1997-08-26 Japan Energy Corporation 1-arylpyrimidine derivatives and pharmaceutical use thereof
US5510478A (en) * 1994-11-30 1996-04-23 American Home Products Corporation 2-arylamidothiazole derivatives with CNS activity
US5672750A (en) * 1994-12-16 1997-09-30 Eastman Chemical Company Preparation of aromatic amides from carbon monoxide, an amine and an aromatic chloride
US5849735A (en) * 1995-01-17 1998-12-15 American Cyanamid Company Tricyclic benzazepine vasopressin antagonists
US5712270A (en) * 1995-11-06 1998-01-27 American Home Products Corporation 2-arylamidothiazole derivatives with CNS activity
TW429241B (en) 1996-09-26 2001-04-11 Sumitomo Pharma Nitrone derivatives
AUPO395396A0 (en) * 1996-12-02 1997-01-02 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Benzamide derivatives
FR2757852B1 (en) * 1996-12-31 1999-02-19 Cird Galderma STILBENIC COMPOUNDS WITH ADAMANTYL GROUP, COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME, AND USES
CN1268942A (en) * 1997-06-27 2000-10-04 藤泽药品工业株式会社 Sulfonamide compounds and medicinal use thereof
DE69826286T2 (en) * 1997-06-27 2005-11-24 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. DERIVATIVES WITH AN AROMATIC RING
US6613942B1 (en) * 1997-07-01 2003-09-02 Novo Nordisk A/S Glucagon antagonists/inverse agonists
EP1053227B1 (en) * 1998-01-29 2008-11-05 Amgen Inc. Ppar-gamma modulators
DE19816780A1 (en) * 1998-04-16 1999-10-21 Bayer Ag New tryptamine derivatives useful as antibacterial agents for treating infections in humans and especially animals
GB9811969D0 (en) * 1998-06-03 1998-07-29 Celltech Therapeutics Ltd Chemical compounds
US6197798B1 (en) * 1998-07-21 2001-03-06 Novartis Ag Amino-benzocycloalkane derivatives
RU2242469C2 (en) * 1999-03-29 2004-12-20 Ф.Хоффманн-Ля Рош Аг Glucokinase activating agents
ES2226811T3 (en) 1999-03-29 2005-04-01 F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag GLUCOQUINASE ACTIVATORS.
US6610846B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2003-08-26 Hoffman-La Roche Inc. Heteroaromatic glucokinase activators
US6320050B1 (en) * 1999-03-29 2001-11-20 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Heteroaromatic glucokinase activators
AU1917201A (en) * 1999-11-18 2001-05-30 Centaur Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Amide therapeutics and methods for treating inflammatory bowel disease
US6353111B1 (en) 1999-12-15 2002-03-05 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Trans olefinic glucokinase activators
US6376515B2 (en) * 2000-02-29 2002-04-23 Cor Therapeutics, Inc. Benzamides and related inhibitors of factor Xa
US6534651B2 (en) * 2000-04-06 2003-03-18 Inotek Pharmaceuticals Corp. 7-Substituted isoindolinone inhibitors of inflammation and reperfusion injury and methods of use thereof
KR100502033B1 (en) * 2000-05-03 2005-07-25 에프. 호프만-라 로슈 아게 Alkynyl phenyl heteroaromatic glucokinase activators
AU2002224064B2 (en) * 2000-11-22 2005-12-08 Astellas Pharma Inc. Substituted benzene derivatives or salts thereof
BR0115999A (en) * 2000-12-06 2003-09-30 Hoffmann La Roche A compound, a pharmaceutical composition comprising the same, its use, a process for the prophylactic or therapeutic treatment of type II diabetes, and a process for preparing the compound.
WO2002051397A1 (en) * 2000-12-22 2002-07-04 Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha, Ltd. Aniline derivatives or salts thereof and cytokine production inhibitors containing the same
SE0102299D0 (en) * 2001-06-26 2001-06-26 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
JP4529119B2 (en) * 2001-08-09 2010-08-25 小野薬品工業株式会社 Carboxylic acid derivative compound and drug containing the compound as an active ingredient
DE10161765A1 (en) * 2001-12-15 2003-07-03 Bayer Cropscience Gmbh Substituted phenyl derivatives
KR101018318B1 (en) 2001-12-21 2011-03-04 노보 노르디스크 에이/에스 Amide derivatives as gk activators
JP4419571B2 (en) 2002-03-26 2010-02-24 萬有製薬株式会社 New aminobenzamide derivatives
CN1329386C (en) 2002-04-26 2007-08-01 霍夫曼-拉罗奇有限公司 Substituted phenylacetamides and their use as glucokinase activators
MXPA05000130A (en) 2002-06-27 2005-02-17 Novo Nordisk As Aryl carbonyl derivatives as therapeutic agents.
US20060004010A1 (en) * 2002-07-10 2006-01-05 Hiromu Habashita Ccr4 antagonist and medical use thereof
GB0226931D0 (en) * 2002-11-19 2002-12-24 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0226930D0 (en) * 2002-11-19 2002-12-24 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
GB0325402D0 (en) * 2003-10-31 2003-12-03 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
US20050148605A1 (en) * 2003-11-13 2005-07-07 Ambit Biosciences Corporation Amide derivatives as ABL modulators
GB0327761D0 (en) * 2003-11-29 2003-12-31 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
GB0327760D0 (en) * 2003-11-29 2003-12-31 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
GB0328178D0 (en) * 2003-12-05 2004-01-07 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
BRPI0507734A (en) * 2004-02-18 2007-07-10 Astrazeneca Ab compound or a salt, prodrug or solvate thereof, method of treating glk-mediated diseases, and process for the preparation of a compound
EP2048137A1 (en) * 2004-02-18 2009-04-15 AstraZeneca AB Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinase activating agents.
TW200600086A (en) * 2004-06-05 2006-01-01 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compound
KR101231466B1 (en) * 2004-09-13 2013-02-07 오노 야꾸힝 고교 가부시키가이샤 Nitrogenous heterocyclic derivative and medicine containing the same as an active ingredient
GB0423044D0 (en) * 2004-10-16 2004-11-17 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
GB0423043D0 (en) * 2004-10-16 2004-11-17 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds
AU2005293343B2 (en) * 2004-10-16 2009-03-19 Astrazeneca Ab Process for making phenoxy benzamide compounds
TW200714597A (en) * 2005-05-27 2007-04-16 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
EP1902052B1 (en) * 2005-07-09 2012-11-28 AstraZeneca AB Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as glk activators in the treatment of diabetes
EP2027113A1 (en) * 2005-07-09 2009-02-25 AstraZeneca AB Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as glk activators in the treatment of diabetes
CN101263140A (en) * 2005-09-16 2008-09-10 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Heterobicyclic compounds as glucokinase activators
TW200738621A (en) * 2005-11-28 2007-10-16 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical process
TW200825063A (en) * 2006-10-23 2008-06-16 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical compounds
CL2007003061A1 (en) * 2006-10-26 2008-08-01 Astrazeneca Ab COMPOUNDS DERIVED FROM 3,5-DIOXI-BENZAMIDA; PREPARATION PROCESS; PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION THAT INCLUDES SUCH COMPOUNDS; AND ITS USE TO TREAT A MEDIUM DISEASE THROUGH GLK, SUCH AS TYPE 2 DIABETES.
BRPI0721143A2 (en) * 2006-12-21 2014-03-11 Astrazeneca Ab CRYSTALINE FORM OF THE COMPOUND PROCESS FOR FORMATION OF THEREOF, USE OF A COMPOUND, METHOD FOR TREATING DISEASES MEDIATED BY GLYCKINASE ACTIVATOR

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2003000267A1 (en) * 2001-06-26 2003-01-03 Astrazeneca Ab Amino nicotinate derivatives as glucokinase (glk) modulators
WO2003015774A1 (en) * 2001-08-17 2003-02-27 Astrazeneca Ab Compounds effecting glucokinase
WO2004076420A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2004-09-10 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivative

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7199140B2 (en) 2001-06-26 2007-04-03 Astrazeneca Ab Vinyl phenyl derivatives as GLK activators
US7230108B2 (en) 2002-11-19 2007-06-12 Astrazeneca Ab Quinoline derivatives as glucokinase ligands
US8344003B2 (en) 2003-02-13 2013-01-01 Msd K. K. 2-pyridinecarboxamide derivatives
US8765789B2 (en) 2003-02-13 2014-07-01 Msd K.K. 2-pyridinecarboxamide derivatives
EP1600442A4 (en) * 2003-02-26 2006-11-02 Banyu Pharma Co Ltd Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivative
US7754743B2 (en) 2003-02-26 2010-07-13 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivatives
EP1600442A1 (en) * 2003-02-26 2005-11-30 Banyu Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivative
WO2006040528A1 (en) * 2004-10-16 2006-04-20 Astrazeneca Ab Phenoxy benzamide compounds with utility in the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity
WO2006040527A1 (en) * 2004-10-16 2006-04-20 Astrazeneca Ab Process for making phenoxy benzamide compounds
AU2005293343B2 (en) * 2004-10-16 2009-03-19 Astrazeneca Ab Process for making phenoxy benzamide compounds
CN101039901B (en) * 2004-10-16 2011-03-09 阿斯利康(瑞典)有限公司 Process for making phenoxy benzamide compounds
EP2305674A1 (en) * 2005-07-09 2011-04-06 AstraZeneca AB Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as GLK activators in the treatment of diabetes
WO2007007041A1 (en) * 2005-07-09 2007-01-18 Astrazeneca Ab Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as glk activators in the treatment of diabetes
AU2010235903B2 (en) * 2005-07-09 2012-07-05 Astrazeneca Ab Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives for use as GLK activators in the treatment of diabetes
WO2007039177A2 (en) 2005-09-29 2007-04-12 Sanofi-Aventis Phenyl- and pyridinyl- 1, 2 , 4 - oxadiazolone derivatives, processes for their preparation and their use as pharmaceuticals
WO2007061923A2 (en) * 2005-11-18 2007-05-31 Takeda San Diego, Inc. Glucokinase activators
WO2007061923A3 (en) * 2005-11-18 2007-11-01 Takeda San Diego Inc Glucokinase activators
WO2007060448A2 (en) * 2005-11-28 2007-05-31 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical process for the preparation of an amido-phenoxybenzoic acid compound
WO2007060448A3 (en) * 2005-11-28 2008-04-10 Astrazeneca Ab Chemical process for the preparation of an amido-phenoxybenzoic acid compound
EP2351568A2 (en) 2006-05-04 2011-08-03 Boehringer Ingelheim International GmbH Uses of dpp-iv inhibitors
WO2007128761A2 (en) 2006-05-04 2007-11-15 Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh Uses of dpp-iv inhibitors
US8153677B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2012-04-10 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted pyrazolylamide compounds useful as glucokinase activators
US7910747B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2011-03-22 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Phosphonate and phosphinate pyrazolylamide glucokinase activators
US8614332B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2013-12-24 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Substituted pyrazolylamides useful as glucokinase activators
US7935699B2 (en) 2006-07-24 2011-05-03 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrazole glucokinase activators
WO2008075073A1 (en) * 2006-12-21 2008-06-26 Astrazeneca Ab Novel crystalline compound useful as glk activator
US8273777B2 (en) 2007-07-27 2012-09-25 Bristol-Meyer Squibb Company Glucokinase activators and methods of using same
US7812048B2 (en) 2007-07-27 2010-10-12 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Glucokinase activators and methods of using same
WO2009046802A1 (en) 2007-10-09 2009-04-16 Merck Patent Gmbh N- ( pyrazole- 3 -yl) -benzamide derivatives as glucokinase activators
US8415359B2 (en) 2008-02-06 2013-04-09 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Phenylpyrrole derivative
US8017610B2 (en) 2008-02-06 2011-09-13 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Phenylpyrrole derivative
WO2009099080A1 (en) 2008-02-06 2009-08-13 Daiichi Sankyo Company, Limited Novel phenylpyrrole derivative
JP2011513253A (en) * 2008-02-27 2011-04-28 メルク パテント ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング Carboxamide-heteroaryl derivatives for the treatment of diabetes
WO2009106209A1 (en) * 2008-02-27 2009-09-03 Merck Patent Gmbh Carboxamide-heteroaryl derivatives for the treatment of diabetes
US8258134B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2012-09-04 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyridazinone glucokinase activators
US7741327B2 (en) 2008-04-16 2010-06-22 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Pyrrolidinone glucokinase activators
US8450494B2 (en) 2009-06-22 2013-05-28 Cadila Healthcare Limited Disubstituted benzamide derivatives as glucokinase (GK) activators
WO2010150280A1 (en) 2009-06-22 2010-12-29 Cadila Healthcare Limited Disubstituted benzamide derivatives as glucokinase (gk) activators
WO2011013141A2 (en) 2009-07-31 2011-02-03 Cadila Healthcare Limited Substituted benzamide derivatives as glucokinase (gk) activators
US8222416B2 (en) 2009-12-14 2012-07-17 Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. Azaindole glucokinase activators

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20110034432A1 (en) 2011-02-10
KR20070007103A (en) 2007-01-12
HK1096092A1 (en) 2007-05-25
RU2006130684A (en) 2008-03-27
EP1718624B1 (en) 2009-03-25
JP2007523142A (en) 2007-08-16
TW200602028A (en) 2006-01-16
ES2322709T3 (en) 2009-06-25
IL177216A0 (en) 2006-12-10
AR047678A1 (en) 2006-02-01
ATE426597T1 (en) 2009-04-15
UY28756A1 (en) 2005-09-30
AU2005214132A1 (en) 2005-09-01
NO20063452L (en) 2006-10-31
AU2005214132B2 (en) 2009-05-07
BRPI0507746A (en) 2007-07-10
AU2005214132B9 (en) 2009-06-25
RU2392275C2 (en) 2010-06-20
CA2554310A1 (en) 2005-09-01
US20080280872A1 (en) 2008-11-13
DE602005013491D1 (en) 2009-05-07
EP2048137A1 (en) 2009-04-15
EP1718624A1 (en) 2006-11-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2005214132B9 (en) Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents
AU2005214137B2 (en) Compounds
US7745475B2 (en) Heteroaryl benzamide derivatives as GLK activators
US20080234273A1 (en) Heteroaryl Benzamide Derivatives for Use as Glk Activators in the Treatment of Diabetes
US20070287693A1 (en) Benzamide Derivatives That Act Upon The Glucokinase Enzyme
US20080171734A1 (en) Chemical compounds
EP1915367A1 (en) Heteroarylcarbamoylbenzene derivatives for the treatment of diabetes
JP2008516936A (en) Phenoxybenzamide compounds useful in the treatment of type 2 diabetes and obesity
MXPA06009511A (en) Benzamide derivatives and their use as glucokinae activating agents
MXPA06009510A (en) Compounds

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BW BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE EG ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NA NI NO NZ OM PG PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL SY TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): BW GH GM KE LS MW MZ NA SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LT LU MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2554310

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005214132

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 4322/DELNP/2006

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 177216

Country of ref document: IL

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10588334

Country of ref document: US

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 549144

Country of ref document: NZ

Ref document number: 200606684

Country of ref document: ZA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12006501598

Country of ref document: PH

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2005214132

Country of ref document: AU

Date of ref document: 20050215

Kind code of ref document: A

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200580005262.6

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005214132

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006553652

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: PA/a/2006/009511

Country of ref document: MX

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWW Wipo information: withdrawn in national office

Ref document number: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2005708360

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 06089252

Country of ref document: CO

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006130684

Country of ref document: RU

Ref document number: 1020067019123

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2005708360

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020067019123

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: PI0507746

Country of ref document: BR